Home

User Manual — Tobii Studio

1. Metric _ Time to First Fation Rows _ Recordings Columns _AOls per Media gt Media time Os to media end Da gt Calculate by Update Required By default when you change a setting on the toolbars or toggle selection of items in the Data Selection panel the central section of the Statistics workspace will turn dark and you need to click the Update button to recalculate and display the table and or chart To change the setting to automatically update when a setting has been changed click Auto next to Update in the lower left corner of the Statistics workspace 9 3 1 Configuring tables and charts The Statistics toolbar is located at the top of the Statistics workspace and displays several drop down list boxes These list boxes allow you to select eye tracking metrics and set general row and column settings related to the organization of the data in the ta bles and charts In addition you can also select which portion time interval of the media view time you wish to analyze by select ing a start time and duration value The Table and Chart toolbar is located in the top section of the Statistics workspace just below the Statistics toolbar Click the Table and Chart buttons on the toolbar to toggle between the Table and Chart views Tip Right click directly on the table or chart to select different customization commands as well as to copy and export the table or graph User M
2. GazePointRightY ADCSmm Vertical coordinate of the unprocessed gaze point for the right eye on the screen Millimeters ADCSmm StrictAverageGazePointX ADCSmm Horizontal coordinate of the averaged gaze point for both eyes on the screen average function similar to the one used for Eye selection 7 Millimeters ADCSmm StrictAverageGazePointY ADCSmm Vertical coordinate of the averaged gaze point for both eyes on the screen average function similar to the one used for Eye selection a Millimeters ADCSmm 10 10 9 Eye tracking data and validity codes This group of data types provides unprocessed data describing the characteristics about the participants eyes User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 10 Exporting Data 131 Gaze tracking data Description Format Reference system EyePosLeftX ADCSmm Horizontal coordinate of the 3D position of the left eye Millimeters ADCSmm EyePosLeftY ADCSmm Vertical coordinate of the 3D position of the left eye Millimeters ADCSmm EyePosLeftZ ADCSmm Distance depth coordinate of the 3D posi tion of the left eye Millimeters ADCSmm EyePosRightX ADCSmm Horizontal coordinate of the 3D position of the right eye Millimeters ADCSmm EyePosRightY ADCSmm Vertical coordinate of the 3D position of the right eye Millimeters ADCSmm EyePo
3. If during the recording the same media is displayed several times with other media in between the Time to First Fixation value will be calculated by adding each recorded media time of the media containing the AOI until the participant fixates on the active AOI Recording time of media not containing the AOI is excluded from the calculations i The activation state active inactive of the AOI does not affect the counting starting point Even if the AOI is inactive time will be started and measured If at the end of the recording the participant has not fixated on the AOI the Time to First Fixation value will not be computed and that recording will thus not be included in the descriptive statistics calculations e g when computing the N value When browsing a website or PDF document each visited web URL and PDF page will become a unique media element 1 If the Web Groups tool is used to group two or more URLs the group and not the URL will become a unique media element 9 4 2 1 N value This statistic describes the N value used to calculate other descriptive statistics such as the mean and standard deviation In the current metric it represents the number of recordings and is calculated as follows Row settings When recordings are selected as table rows the N value will always be equal to 1 If participants are selected as table rows the N value will be equal to the number of recordings that participant has made with the s
4. Scene Camera Bement 4 Adjust the five points of the polygon so that their positions match the position of the five dots on the calibration grid Do so by dragging each point over the respective calibration grid dot To ensure that the points are placed correctly over the calibration dots click the Zoom button to open the Calibration Image dialog box containing an enlarged version of the calibration image 5 Click OK to accept the changes and close the dialog box 6 Set the calibration to manual For details on manual calibration please read 4 3 1 2 Manual calibration During the recording Tobii Studio records the video feed from the scene camera gaze data keystrokes and mouse clicks The gaze data X and Y coordinate space corresponds to the calibration grid area where its values range from 0 0 top left corner to the image size of the scene camera video You can get negative values if looking up and to the left The perspective calibration is intended to compensate for the difference in angle between the participant s perspective of the calibration grid and the scene camera However this only compensates for angles on the stimulus plane If three dimensional physical objects are used as stimuli and these have a certain height or depth that takes them far away from the stimulus plane User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 4 Designing and Recording Tests 21 this will cause a pa
5. 1 Under the Design and Record tab view the test you want to copy the media element from 2 Right click the media element you can have multiple elements selected before right clicking and select Copy from the context menu 3 Select the test where you want to paste the media element Right click the media element on the timeline that is to the left of where you want to paste the object and select Paste from the context menu To delete an existing test 1 Open the test you want to delete 2 Click the Test drop down menu and click Delete test 3 Click Yes in the confirmation dialog box to confirm the deletion 4 2 Managing participants and independent variables Each Tobii Studio recording is associated with a participant and his her respective calibration data Participant data can be cre ated and managed before or after the recording has been performed This data consists of a name which is used to identify the participant and of user generated independent variables such as gender and age These variables can be used to create partici pant groups and filter the eye tracking data by these groups when producing visualizations or metric based descriptive statistics 4 2 1 Creating participants Participant data is stored under the project level in the Tobii Studio hierarchical system Participant information thus only needs to be entered once and a certain participant would be able to have multiple recordings and take different test
6. GazeEventDuration O ooN oTa A WO ND AOI Name of AOI Hit 10 9 3 Media gaze events and coordinates predefined settings Export gaze events fixations saccades for each media Column Included data type 1 ParticipantName RecordingName RecordingDate FixationFilter StudioTestName MediaName MediaWidth MediaHeight o olni o a l A WO DY RecordingTimestamp oOo GazeEventType GazeEventDuration 2 N FixationPointX MCSpx zx w FixationPointY MCSpx A GazePointX MCSpx ol GazePointY MCSpx User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 10 Exporting Data 123 10 9 4 Glasses gaze coordinates Export X Y gaze coordinates from a Tobii Glasses recording Column Included data type 1 ParticipantName RecordingName RecordingDate StudioTestName MediaName MediaWidth MediaHeight RecordingTimestamp StudioEvent StudioEventData GazePointX MCSpx GazePointY MCSpx O0 o NIIA BR OIN O pen N 10 9 5 Raw gaze coordinates predefined settings Export raw X Y gaze coordinates Column Included data type 1 ParticipantName 2 RecordingName 3 RecordingDate 4 StudioTestName 5 MediaName 6 RecordingResolution 7 RecordingTimestamp 8 EyeTracker T
7. The Participant Name Prefix feature allows you to add a prefix to the Participant Name during import of recordings from the Tobii Glasses Sessions created on the Recording Assistant are normally converted into Recordings with a Partici pant Name that corresponds to the Session number on the Recording Assistant e g Session 01 becomes Record ing Rec 01 Participant POO1 Each SD card used in the Recording Assistant will start the naming of Sessions in the same order Session 1 2 3 etc If multiple SD cards are used during a test there is a risk that the imported Sessions will be saved as multiple recordings with the same Participant Name in Tobii Studio If different recordings have the same Participant Name it will be impossible to filter the data based on participants or Independent Variables such as age or gender since there is no indication that these recordings are in fact different participants from different SD cards To avoid this potential issue always insert a unique prefix in the Participant Name Prefix text entry field every time you import an additional SD card in a Tobii Studio Test This feature will append the chosen prefix to the participant name effectively creating a unique name and avoiding recordings being merged into existing participants By default the name Import 1 is given change this name according to your own preference and import order or delete this preset name to remove any prefix and keep the original Tobii Stud
8. 2 Right click the project you want to remove 3 On the context menu click Remove From Library 4 Confirm that you want to remove the project by clicking Yes in the confirmation dialog box User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 3 Managing Tobii Studio Projects 11 4 Designing and Recording Tests The workflow for designing tests performing recordings and analyzing data using Tobii Studio is as follows 1 You start by designing and recording the test on the Design and Record tab Under the Replay tab you can view and edit the recording as well as code events Different types of visualizations Gaze Plots Heat Maps and Clusters can be created under the Visualization tab Define areas of interest under the Areas of Interest tab Calculate and display eye tracking metrics based on AOI s using theStatistics tab D app Optionally you can export the gathered data using the Data Export tab Design amp ee Areas of In this chapter we will focus on how to design and record tests using the Design and Record tab After you create a project and test you start by accessing the Design and Record tab This tab contains tools for e designing tests e managing participant data e performing calibrations and recording eye gaze e media presentation data From the Design and Record tab you can also minimize Tobii Studio to the system tray by choosing from the main menu View gt Minimize to System Tray i Please note that th
9. Jser Manual Tobii Studio User Manual Tobii Studio Manual Version 3 2 Rev A 11 2012 All rights reserved Tobii Technology AB The information contained in this document is proprietary to Tobii Technology Any reproduction in part or whole without prior written authorization by Tobii Technology is prohibited Products that are referred to in this document may be either trademarks and or registered trademarks of the respective owners The publisher and the author make no claim to these trademarks While every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this document the publisher and the author assume no responsibility for errors or omissions or for damages resulting from the use of information contained in this document or from the use of programs and source code that may accompany it In no event shall the publisher and the author be liable for any loss of profit or any other commercial damage caused or alleged to have been caused directly or indirectly by this document Content subject to change without notice Please check Tobii web site www tobii com for updated versions of this manual Table of Contents DTN ss ERRE EA E ENE PEA TERASE AA PEE EE OEA AR PE A 1 1 1 Usability Studies ironinen endaste Enas aaide anai encase aaee D ni aaia aA A anino 1 1 2 Advertising Tean raana EEEE EEEE E O E A 1 1 3 Psychology amp Physiology ReSearch srreririrsriniairesrriiiranieni iraan nnani E AARTE ERA ADARE EAA
10. button the Media Time dialog opens 4 Inthe Media Time dialog enter the AOls start time you just noted and click Done A Changing the data collection Starting Time will affect all metrics in the table 9 4 3 Time to First Fixation Across media This metric measures how long it takes before a test participant fixates on an active AOI or AOI group for the first time The time measurement starts when the media containing the AOI is first displayed For AOI groups the time measurement starts when a media containing an AOI member of the group is first displayed The AOls do not have to be active for the time measurement to start Time measurement stops when the participant fixates on the AOI if the AOI is active For AOI groups the time measure ment stops when the participant fixates on any of the active AOls belonging to the group 96 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US If during the recording media containing the same AOI is displayed several times with media not containing the AOI in between Time to First Fixation Across media will be the sum of all recorded media time until the participant fixated on the AOI while the AOl is Active Recording time for media not containing the AOI is included in the calculations If the participant has not fixated on the AOI at the end of the recording the Time to First Fixation value will not be computed and that recording will theref
11. 1 Click the Rows drop down list to view the available options 2 Select an option by clicking Summary only Recordings Participants or Participant Groups 3 Ifyou select Participant Groups from the list select a group by checking clearing the group check boxes or create a new group by clicking New Participant Group Read about how to create a new group in the Creating a new participant group section above 4 Click anywhere outside the list to close it When you select Recordings Participants or Participant Groups a global summary row or column will be displayed in the table or chart Clear the Show Summary check box if you wish to hide this row table or bar chart 9 3 1 3 Columns The Columns drop down list allows you to choose how the AOI data is calculated and displayed in table columns and the X axis of charts To select the Columns option 1 Click the Columns button The Columns list is displayed 2 Choose a setting by selecting the AOls per Media AOI Media Summary AOI Group Summary or AOI Metric summary check boxes 3 Click anywhere outside the list box to close it Column levels in tables 90 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US AOls per Media Each cell contains the descriptive statistic value for a single AOI or a single AOI group The cell value calcula tion also depends on the Row option selection The data is displayed using the following column
12. 2 Move to a new point on the timeline and edit the AOI shape to create a new Keyframe 3 Make sure the Activation state is set correctly throughout the timeline 4 Consider grouping AOls into groups 8 1 Drawing AOls When you draw AOls use as many vertices as you need to portray essential parts of the analyzed object throughout the timeline To draw an AOI 1 Inthe media list select the relevant media 2 On the toolbar select an appropriate drawing tool Polygon Ellipse Rectangle 3 To draw an AOI do one of the following e To draw polygons click where you want the curve to start and then click wherever you want to add vertices Close the shape by clicking at the first vertex e To draw rectangles or ellipses click and drag until the shape is the size that you want To make the shape a perfect square or circle press and hold SHIFT while you drag to draw 8 2 Editing the shape of an existing AOI Whenever you change the shape of a dynamic AOI it will either change an existing Keyframe or create a new Keyframe if the shape that is changed is in between Keyframes There is no way to add or delete vertices on an existing AOI To change the shape of an existing AOI 1 Make sure the AOI you want to edit is visible if not read section 8 12 Showing Hiding AOIs 2 On the toolbar select the Select Move Vertices tool 3 Drag the vertices to transform the AOI Multiple vertices can be selected and moved simultaneously by
13. Bonjour Tobii Support EUROPE GLOBAL NORTH AMERICA JAPAN CHINA Phone SWE 46 8 522 950 10 Phone 1 703 738 1320 Phone 81 3 5793 3316 Phone 86 180 1558 5168 Phone GER 49 69 24 75 03 4 27 support tobii com support us tobii com support jp tobii com support cn tobii com Support hours 8 am 6 pm Support hours 8 am 8 pm Support hours 9 am 5 30 pm Between July August 9am 5pm US Eastern Standard Time GMT 6 Japan Standard Time GMT 9 Central European Time GMT 1 Tobii Illustrations and specifications do not necessarily apply to products and services offered in each local market Technical specifications are subject to change without prior notice All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners Tobii Headquarters EMEA CENTRAL EUROPE CHINA JAPAN NORTH AMERICA Tobii Technology AB Tobii Technology GmbH Tobii China Sales Office Tobii Technology Japan Ltd Tobii Technology Inc Karlsrov gen 2D S 182 53 Danderyd Niedenau 45 D 60325 Frankfurt am Main Room E2 29 F 3 4 13 Takanawa Minato ku 510 N Washington Street Suite 200 Sweden Germany Shanghai Industrial Investment Building Tokyo 108 0074 Fall Church No 18 Caoxi North Road PETU VA 22046 Shanghai China USA Phone 46 8 663 69 90 Phone 49 69 24 75 03 40 Mobile 86 180 1558 6966 Phone 81 3 5793 3316 Toll Free 1 888 898 6244 Fax 46 8 30 14 00 Fax 49 69 24 75 03 429 Fax 81 3 5793 3317 Phone 1 703 738 1300 Fax 1 703 738 1313
14. End user agreement Gft card terms and conditons Copyright 2007 2009 Spotify Ltd b on e 77 y To create a cluster visualization 1 In the Media list click a media element to select it 2 Select the Recordings check boxes to include the recordings in the analysis or clear the check boxes to remove the recordings 3 Click the Cluster tab to display the cluster 4 For instructions on how to customize the appearance of the clusters please read 7 6 1 Customizing clusters 5 You can export the visualization image the clusters image or the animated visualization by clicking the Export button on the Visualizations header For detailed instructions please read 7 8 Exporting gaze plots heat maps and clusters 6 Generate AOls based on clusters by right clicking the cluster image and selecting Export Clusters to AOls The new AOls will be displayed in the Areas of Interest list 7 6 1 Customizing clusters The size and number of clusters in the image are affected by the Distance threshold settings The Distance threshold parameter is a spatial value that determines the minimum distance between two different clusters for more details read 7 6 2 How are clus ters calculated To change the percent information and the distance threshold 1 Inthe Settings area on the right side panel choose from the Percent dropdown list one of the following e Participants displays the percentage of participants that have contributed w
15. This grid is used to calibrate the eye track er to the participants and to align the calibration of the scene camera perspective e A scene camera a video camera or a webcamera which is used to record a video stream of the scene presented to the test participant The video from the scene camera is recorded in Tobii Studio e A Tobii X Series Eye Tracker and the correct settings in the configuration tool For details on the eye tracker setups and settings read the system recommendations document and the Tobii Eye Tracker User Manual e A computer with Tobii Studio Professional or Enterprise J Video Camera Calibration Grid USB Network adapter VGA DVI capture Tobii Studio Primary Screen computer with a Live viewer VGA DVI output VGA DVI video capture card Before adding the Scene Camera media element to the test make sure the hardware is set up properly The video source needs to be connected to a video capture card FireWire or USB port on the computer where Tobii Studio is running Please refer to the system recommendations document available for download at www tobii com or contact Tobii Support for information on recommended video capture cards and setups To add the element to the test 1 Drag the media element icon to the test workspace timeline indicated by the gray arrow in the user interface The media setup dialog box opens To name the media element 1 The software uses Scene Camera Elem
16. To set the position and size of the square e Top Left e Top Right e Bottom Left e Bottom Right 12 2 5 3 1 Verifying the position and size of the square As an aid to positioning and calibrating the light sensor within the area covered by the colored square it is possible to get a pre view of the size and position of the square e g see the image below This can be done by pressing either the Show white square or Show black square button The difference between the images shown when clicking the buttons is that if the Show white square button is clicked a black background with white text and a white square is shown If the other button is clicked a white background with black text and a black square is shown User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 12 General Settings 143 When performing a recording with the light sensor trigger feature enabled all images will automatically be coded with black or white squares in the selected corner i e the first image in the recording will have a white square the second image will have a black square the third image will have a white square and so on When performing a recording with a light sensor attached to the monitor please note that the light sensor might be triggered by various other events prior to the start of the recording such as the Tobii Studio calibration procedure or the Windows desktop which is briefly shown at the start and the end of a Tobii Studio reco
17. duration fixation 6 duration 7 duration fixation 14 number of recordings mean Total Fixation Duration on AOI B in Media 1 9 4 7 1 N value This statistic describes the N value used to calculate other descriptive statistics such as the mean and standard deviation In the current metric it represents the number of recordings and is calculated as follows Row settings When recordings are selected as table rows the N value will always be equal to 1 If participants are selected as table rows the N value will be equal to the number of recordings that participant has made with the same media element If participant groups are selected as rows then the N value will be equal to the number of recordings included in the group Summary columns In the AOI media summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x the number of AOls included in a single media element In the AOI group summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings and follows the rules described in the pre vious paragraph row settings 102 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US In the AOI metric summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x total number of AOls i e all AOls in cluded in all media elements 9 4 7 2 Brief description Duration of all fixations within an AOI or within all AOls belonging to an AOI group seconds 9 4 8 Total Fi
18. eee eee ee eeeeee eee neeeee ae nneeeeed 52 6 1 5 Merge adjacent fixations Default for IFVT oo nein neeeee aaa neeeee aa nneeeeea 53 6 1 6 Discard short fixations Default for I VT oo eeee seers eeeeee aa eeeeaeeeeaaeeeeaeeeeaaeeeeaeeenags 53 6 2 MODI FIXATION FITS eainiie ra a rar anina aa aE ao iaiia ioia ainni 53 6 3 ClearView Fixation Filter Sirsssariiscnn ana n N ANENE EERS TENE EAA EEEN E ERRATE 54 6 4 Raw Data Filtera cictacstaressantetenceas ESE a NE ENa a EE E e a aa aA EE aai 55 6 4 1 Gap fill in interpolation Not default for Raw data filter cccccccseeseeeeeeeeeeeenteees 55 6 4 2 Noise reduton sereset niaii n A rE A E EN aa Iai 55 Visualizing Eye Tracking Dala Siac cectetnss co pcesnenisecsvanaceasseccsepecasnaeanecssinansstasasnaucebaannsbessiasanvesauisanis 57 7 1 So e e EA a a TT 58 7 1 1 GROUPING Web PaGes Qissai snai ai na t a aer Eara aaea 58 7 2 SelectingrecrdiNgS issii ssir anai ae naani N ei A n E EE aia narea 59 7 2 1 Using independent variables and segment groups to filter recordings ssseeeeeeeeees 60 7 3 Customizing the appearance of the Legend AOls and Mouse ClickS sna 61 7 4 Creating gaz PlolSnrrenrsirkireeni iiin nian AE TAR anA ENEA TEE ET R AA E aA 61 7 4 1 Customizing gaze plots essssssrserreereesssrrsrrrrreerusessrnrnetrreerusesnnerneereoeusnssnnerreeeesesenn 62 7 4 2 Creating Bee SWalt Sissi ccenisseveteanidesareadcdewiieancianenavaxseeniians EARANN EEEE EATEN 63 7 5 Cr
19. gaze point for the left eye on the screen Pixels ADCSpx GazePointRightX ADCSpx Horizontal coordinate of the unprocessed gaze point for the right eye on the screen Pixels ADCSpx GazePointRightY ADCSpx Vertical coordinate of the unprocessed gaze point for the right eye on the screen Pixels ADCSpx GazePointX ADCSpx Horizontal coordinate of the averaged left and right eye gaze point on the screen Pixels ADCSpx GazePointY ADCSpx Vertical coordinate of the averaged left and right eye gaze point on the screen Pixels ADCSpx GazePointX MCSpx Horizontal coordinate of the averaged left and right eye gaze point on the media ele ment Column empty if e Fixation is outside media e Media is covered e No media is displayed Pixels MCSpx GazePointY MCSpx Vertical coordinate of the averaged left and right eye gaze point on the media element Column empty if e Fixation is outside media e Media is covered e No media is displayed Pixels MCSpx GazePointLeftX ADCSmm Horizontal coordinate of the unprocessed gaze point for the left eye on the screen Millimeters ADCSmm GazePointLeftY ADCSmm Vertical coordinate of the unprocessed gaze point for the left eye on the screen Millimeters ADCSmm GazePointRightX ADCSmm Horizontal coordinate of the unprocessed gaze point for the right eye on the screen Millimeters ADCSmm
20. mouse clicks and key presses In Tobii Studio 3 0 mouse events and key press events have separate data types MouseEventIndex MouseEvent MouseEventScreenX MouseEventScreenY MouseEventMappedToMediax MouseEventMappedToMediaY KeyPressEventIndex KeyPressEvent User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 10 Exporting Data 129 10 10 7 Gaze event data and AOI activity information This group of data types provides data describing gaze events classified by the applied fixation filter Gaze event data and AOI ac tivity information Description Format Reference system FixationIndex Represents the order in which a fixation Count event was recorded The index is an auto in crement number starting with 1 first gaze event detected Saccadelndex Represents the order in which a saccade Count event was recorded The index is an auto in crement number starting with 1 first gaze event detected GazeEventType Type of eye movement event classified by Fixation the fixation filter settings applied during the s d gaze data export Accace Unclassified GazeEventDuration Duration of an eye movement event Milliseconds FixationPointX MCSpx Horizontal coordinate of the fixation point on Pixels MCSpx the media Column empty if e Fixation is outside media e Media is covered e No media is displayed This column is affected by the settings in the Fixation Filter Tab in Global Settings Fixati
21. plot or cluster as an overlay 7 Visualizing Eye Tracking Data User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US e Visualization Layer Image an image of the current selected visualization heat map gaze plot or cluster on a transpar ent background e Recording Segment Duration a list of the currently selected Recordings Segments and their corresponding durations User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 7 Visualizing Eye Tracking Data 75 8 Creating and Managing Areas of Interest The Dynamic AOI tool enables you to define both static and dynamic moving and transforming areas of interest AOI within a broad range of stimuli such as images movies scene camera videos screen recording web pages and web recordings etc These areas can be analyzed and compared in the Tobii Studio Statistics tool AOls can be grouped together allowing for accumulation and analysis of data within and across stimuli and tests as well as more flexible and advanced test design and analysis To open the Tobii Studio Areas of Interest tool click the Areas of Interest tab File View Tools ForSight Help 00 00 08 538 9 9 mab eo Video Keytames The Areas of Interest tool has six main areas e Areas of Interest toolbar This is where you find tools to create AOls e Media selection pane This is where you select what media you want to create areas of interest on e Areas of Intere
22. the Visit Count value will be registered as zero and the recording will be included in the descriptive statis tics calculations e g when computing N and means 9 4 15 1 Brief description Number of visits within an AOI or an AOI group count 9 4 16 Percentage Fixated This metric measures the number of recordings in which participants have fixated at least once within an AOI or AOI group and expresses it as a fraction of the total number of recordings It is calculated by dividing the total number of recordings in which participants have fixated within the AOI by the total number of recordings in the test 9 4 16 1 N value This statistic describes the N value used to calculate other descriptive statistics such as the mean and standard deviation In the current metric it represents the number of recordings and is calculated as follows Row settings When recordings are selected as table rows the N value will always be equal to 1 If participants are selected as table rows the N value will be equal to the number of recordings that participant has made with the same media element When participant groups are selected as rows then the N value will be equal to the number of recordings included in the group Summary columns In the AOI media summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x the number of AOls included in a single media element In the AOI group summary columns the N value represents the numb
23. the time measurement stops when the participant left clicks on any of the active AOls belonging to the group 112 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US If during the recording media containing the same AOI is displayed several times with media not containing the AOI in between Time to First Mouse Click Across media will be the sum of all recorded media time until the participant clicked the active AOI Recording time for Media not containing the AOI is included in the calculations The activation state active inactive of the AOI does not affect the counting starting point Even if the AOI is inactive time will be started and measured If at the end of the recording the participant has not clicked on the AOI the Time to First Mouse Click value will not be computed and that recording will thus not be included in the descriptive statistics calculations e g when computing N When browsing a website or PDF document each visited web URL and PDF page will become a unique media element 1 If the Web Groups tool is used to group two or more URLs the group and not the URL will become a unique media element 9 4 21 1 N value This statistic describes the N value used to calculate other descriptive statistics such as the mean and standard deviation In the current metric it represents the number of recordings and is calculated as follows Row settings When recordings are
24. 10 1 2 Active Display Coordinate System millimeters ADCSmm Data types with the extension ADCSmm provide data mapped into a 3D coordinate system aligned with the Active Display Area When using a T series eye tracker the Active Display Area is the screen area For X series eye trackers the Active Display Area is the display area entered in the X configuration tool please consult the eye tracker s user manual for further information The origin of the Active Display Coordinate System millimeter ADCSmm is at the bottom left corner of the Active Display Area as illustrated in figure below For Tobii Glasses recordings data types using this coordinate system will not provide any data ooe e aa Active Display Coordinate System millimeters User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 10 Exporting Data 125 10 10 1 3 Media Coordinate System pixels MCSpx Data types with the extension MC Spx provide data mapped into a 2D coordinate system aligned with the media The origin of the coordinate system is at the top left of the media shown to the participant being eye tracked If a scene camera or external vid eo is used as stimuli the origin will be at the top left of the captured video For Tobii Glasses recordings the origin is at the top left of the scene camera video Media Coordinate System pixels Active Display Area Calibration plane 10 10 2 General data This group of data
25. 7 4 1 Customizing gaze plots 5 You can export the visualization image the gaze plots image or the animated visualization by clicking the Export button on the Visualizations header For detailed instructions please read 7 8 Exporting gaze plots heat maps and clusters 7 4 1 Customizing gaze plots You can change the appearance of the gaze plot to customize your image or to give emphasis to a specific part of the informa tion displayed on the fixation dots Most of these changes can be made in the Settings area on the right side of the screen To change the appearance of the gaze plot in the right side pane 1 Inthe Settings area from the Fixations dropdown list you can choose the size of the fixation dots e Duration the size of the fixation dots is proportional with the fixation duration e Same size all the dots have the same diameter 2 Drag the Scale slider to change the size of the gaze plot fixation points Each fixation point will be scaled according to its relative size 3 Inthe Appearance amp Style area choose the Border Color from the dropdown list e Default the default border color is the same as the gaze plot color meaning that the border is not visible by default e Custom Color click on the colored square next to it and choose the desired border color When the border is visi ble the first and the last fixation of a recording will display a thick line and fixations with dotted lines represent perio
26. Basic media replay operations in the Areas of Interest tab eee eeeeeeeee ee eeeee aa eeeeeeeeeaaeeeeaeeenaas 78 8 4 1 Media replay controls in the Areas of Interest tab oo eee nunnana 78 8 4 2 Zooming the Media timeline ss 2ccssssssiccsssassccessisesecssessssessversaeeadeessaneedersenseadesaeaenadins 78 8 5 Changing the size of an existing AOI essesssssssssrerresssussrrrrrreereuessrnrrntrreerussssnrrneereserusssuernreereees 78 8 6 Moving an existing AOI cccsscsisscstantasassissssannaivettese sc csadauestennnceted aa aan idana ai aai aannaaien aa 79 8 7 Rotating an existing AOI cronin cea gaced cosa decdcbdayaeed le vananee le ace 2 auacdebl aeacded tena teaeateds 79 8 8 Adding and deleting AOI Keyframes 0 cee eran ee ee eee e ene neeeeeeesae aa eeneneteeeaneaeeeaea 79 8 9 Changing the name or appearance of an AOL ceeeeeceeeeeee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaaeeeeesaaaaeees 80 8 10 Undoing redoing actin siisiiccciessasscetessaeetatnenvestadenasnsbateasd nnua niaan ANEA AIEE AAAA aaa a 80 8 11 Copying cutting and pasting AOIS s cccccseicccs see cinnin eee naa eiaa e A E iia 81 812 Showing Hiding AOIS ws sicsssssssccsssnessesssseanetessneneedessevsvedsseanecesssassverevereascetseneavesdevesaeeasseneeeessens 81 8 13 Panning and Zooming the Media ccccccesececceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeseaeseeeneees 81 8 14 Exporting an image of the AOls on the media uu renee eeteeteeeeeee
27. Number of times the participant fixates on an AOI or an AOI group count 9 4 11 Visit Duration seconds This metric measures the duration of each individual visit within an AOI or AOI group The N value used to calculate descriptive statistics is based on the number of visits read the N value description below for more details A visit is defined as the interval of time between the first fixation on the AOI and the next fixation outside the AOI Cut off fixations as described in the introduction of section O will affect descriptive statistics for this metric There are no limitations on how short these cut off fixations can be to still be included in the calculations of a metric If at the end of the recording the participant has not fixated on the AOI the Visit Duration value will not be computed and thus that recording will not be included in the descriptive statistics calculations e g when computing averages for participant groups 9 4 11 1 N value This statistic describes the N value used to calculate other descriptive statistics such as the mean and standard deviation In the current metric it represents the number of visits and is calculated as follows Row settings When recordings are selected as table rows N is equal to the total number of visits to an AOI If participants are selected as table rows N is equal to the total number of visits a participant has made to the AOI If the partici pant has made more t
28. OK No Connection Click this serial number ID 2 Inthe Eye tracker Selector dialog box click the eye tracker row to select it 28 4 Designing and Recording Tests User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 3 Click OK to accept the settings and close the dialog box Extended desktop dual screen setups are often used to enable a test leader to control a test using one display while presenting the stimulus to the test participant on another You need to first perform the necessary screen settings in Windows as it is rec ommended that the eye tracker screen is set as the main display in Windows To configure an extended desktop dual screen setup 1 In the lower left corner of the Design and Record tab you can see the Presentation screen displays as illustrated below The current recording screen is highlighted by a light blue background color 2 If you wish to change the display click on the display that you want to be the recording screen When you roll the mouse over the blue highlighted display you will see a message on the respective screen This is the recording screen and for the other display you will get a message on its corresponding screen saying Click to make this the recording screen 3 To enable Live Viewer click the Setup icon and select Show Live Viewer 4 The Live Viewer window opens on the main display Drag the window to the display that is used to monitor the recording read 12 1 2 Configuring a
29. Open After loading you can select or unselect specific tests or recordings by clicking Show archive contents and selecting the recordings to be imported If there are any conflicts a new dialog box opens This dialog box displays the merging options and the projects that can be merged e Select Merge on import into the following project and select which project to merge with e If you are not sure if you should merge the project select Save as a new project in the library instead The two proj ects will then be kept as two separate projects in the database Click OK when you are ready to merge or save the two projects Deleting and removing projects from the project library In the Tobii Studio Project Library for removing a project you have the following options deleting a project from the disk removing the project from the project list but without deleting it from the disk To delete a project from the disk 1 Start Tobii Studio 10 3 Managing Tobii Studio Projects User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 2 From the Projects list in the Tobii Studio Project Library click the Delete icon on the same row as the Project you wish to delete 3 Confirm you wish to delete the project by clicking Yes in the confirmation dialog box A When you choose to delete the project it will be permanently deleted from the disk To remove a project from the project list 1 Start Tobii Studio to view the Project Library
30. P23 Rec23RTA a WebPages e Spotify A world of music Instant simple and fi Premium Spotify Type Count m Radius Q 50x Products overview Spotify APPEARANCE amp STYLE You are buying Spotify premium Style Heatmap gt Color Download Spotify for Windows You are buying premium O Recordings Scale Max Value Participant Group _ All Participants gt Opacity Segment Group Full recordings F Participant Recording m Oreo m A2 Pec 02 mA Oreo m QPS Recos m Po Rec0 m P2 Ren 5 TE m Po Re20 i CMe a Stet 00 00 00 000 5 Duration 00 01 50 834 50 834 ER Data Accumulate m kl We mui X 00 gt g 7 o A 00 00 50 E 00 00 25 00 01 15 00 01 40 The Visualization tab is divided into the following areas e Visualization Header Test Name allows you to choose the data to visualize between the available tests in the current project Web Groups allows you to group web pages for analysis This is applicable only when the selected media is a web element For more details please read 7 1 1 Grouping web pages Copy allows you to copy to clipboard the visualization image or the list of recordings segments duration Export allows you to export visualizations as image files or movies that show where people have fixated over time For instructions on exporting visualizations please read 7 8 Exporting gaze plots heat maps and clusters Show a
31. Record view From Tobii Studio s menu bar click File and select Import Glasses data A dialog box opens now select the Computer folder and then double click on the Removable Disk icon labeled GLASSES corresponds to the memory card to open the memory card and view its contents When opening the Import Dialog again Tobii Studio will open the last selected folder User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 4 Designing and Recording Tests 33 Li 34 Double click on the Project folder Project_0 to open it Then press the Open button to open the Tobii Glasses project project gpf This opens the Import dialog box Full path Computer gt GLASSES gt Project 0 gt project gpf Select the Recordings and snapshot images you wish to import by checking or unchecking the respective check boxes or by pressing the Check Uncheck All button located below the list to select or deselect all the recordings Import Data Into Select if you wish to import the recordings into an Existing test or a New test Select the option Existing and use the drop down list to choose an existing test or select New test and enter a test name in the text box To correct for parallax offset Click the Settings button to set the Average Distance between the glasses and the target being viewed This distance is used for calculating and mapping the gaze data accurately on the scene camera video The selected setting will be applied to all selected Sessions on import
32. TRARNE 1 1 4 Internet RESOUICES 5 iseaticsdinceeretaave de irasra nni ienaa daana anion aANT ainni ai 1 1 5 Additional Publications and ReESOUICES ou eee Aaaa RRA ar na EAA AARRE ARa 2 1 6 TRAINING E E E T ENT E 2 1 7 MOBI Studio VEdIUONS scm nana a a a a tence ctteasaieonees 2 2 installingand Updating Toon Studio ici cncushnncnncincnnscuienenaneanees 4 2 1 Before installat Onwisccssecivtiertndceparshacdenecnidcdededenaitvvessacecdeadddadee AAEN a n N 4 2 1 1 Install the driver for the eye tracker built in user camera sssnssssssrrresrrrrrrnnrrrrnnrrrrrnnnne 4 2 2 InstallingrlObi Studoscsa na E a leh sace satavtedd bateacetad etenteait alee tue eet ateeeanneaaa ees 4 2 2 1 License key ACHIVALION seresriseoeiiriir nises k a R A EE NATRA NEER EEE 5 2 2 2 License deactivation siarce aeia aaia daaa anaa O EEEa 5 2 2 3 How to change the license key information nsise e eR 6 2 3 Connecting Tobii Studio to a Tobii Eye Tracker oo neni eeeeeee ee ae ea etnenneeees 6 2 4 Eye tracker firmware UpQrade iiccscssscccscscsssacassceveacavessearcavsssatncadsaeecnacs saeeceas saseeneasaeeseetsaseeteeacaaeed 6 2 5 Updating Tobi Studi Oisans aiaa aa spe tdieadacevasd sua gadsadadeenveatedzcnasesadvankerbadacnes tinauanbesse 7 9 Managing TobiiStudio FIOSE is asst cinenn nase nese N 8 3 1 Creating a new proj C tiimari renina hent aaae aE E RE AA Ea aia aa aaa EE ai 8 3 2 Opening an exisSting PrOjOCtissiecc csesssccessssideceeevieecessasstecepaseeendd
33. Text column of the Events list 6 Double click the respective color to open a color palette and choose the color of the bookmark that is placed on the timeline 7 Repeat steps 3 6 until you have created all your events Then click OK 8 Click the Replay tab select the recording you would like to playback and start logging the events You can also use manually logged Events to create segments to help select portions of the recordings that can be used to create movies or scenes In order to accomplish this you need to create an event that bookmarks the start of the segment e g Smiling Start and another to bookmark the end of the segment e g Smiling Stop You can then go through your recordings and User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 5 Replaying and Editing Recordings 39 bookmark the periods where the participants smiled and use the automatic segmentation tool to create segments using those two bookmarks To edit a manually logged event 1 Right click the event in the Events list 2 Select Edit Log entry 3 Inthe Edit Log Message dialog box you can select a new event type from the list or type information in the field 4 Click OK to accept the changes To delete a manually logged event 1 Right click the event in the Events list 2 Select Delete Log entry 3 Click Yes to confirm the deletion 5 3 2 Filtering events The Events list can be filtered to show only specific events in the list and in the time
34. The recording of a test session can be viewed in fullscreen mode Fullscreen mode replay shows the recorded media in its origi nal size making it more easily viewable for qualitative analysis The user cam and timeline are optional in the fullscreen mode To view the replay in fullscreen mode 1 Inthe Replay pane either e Click the Full Screen icon in the header or e Right click the video and select Fullscreen in the context menu When in fullscreen mode by right clicking you get the following menu options described below e Show Timeline To be able to use all the functions of the timeline at the bottom of the fullscreen view press T on your keyboard e Exit Fullscreen To exit the fullscreen mode or press ESC or double click 5 1 3 1 Changing the replay video settings In the lower left of the Replay pane is the Settings button Click the button to toggle between displaying and hiding some impor tant replay Settings To modify the Overlay settings 1 Untick the Draw Gaze Data and Draw Mouse Clicks check boxes to hide the gaze data and mouse clicks during playback of the recording 2 Drag the Opacity marker between Transparent and Opaque to adjust the opacity of data representation 3 Type or select the value for the gaze trail duration in seconds in the Trail Duration field 4 Click the Overlay color box to open a color palette and select the desired color of the gaze overlay To select which sound is played during
35. To select the descriptive statistics 1 Click the Calculated by button The Descriptive Statistics list is displayed 2 Select descriptive statistics to include in the table by selecting the N Mean Max Min Sum Median or Stdev check boxes Click anywhere outside the list box to close it To include participant variables 1 Select the Participant Variables check box This adds the participant variables to the table 2 To select to display the participant variables as numbers instead of text select the Values as Numbers check box When the option Values as Numbers is selected for the participant variables a table containing the numerical translation be tween the values and the numbers will be displayed above the table containing the data To change the cell format 1 Click the Cell format button The Cell Format dialog box is displayed 2 Set the number of decimals to be displayed by typing a number in the Number of Decimals field 3 Set the decimal separator type the appropriate character in the Decimal Point field 4 Set what to display if no value is available by typing the appropriate character in the No value field 5 To specify how percentage values should be displayed click the Percentage drop down list button The available options in the drop down list are Percentages and Decimals Click Done when finished 9 3 1 6 Chart options Displays the AOI analyses in a chart Charts can be easily created and exported as im
36. Tobii TX300 The devices can then produce binary trigger events that will appear in data coming from the eye tracker as well as in Tobii Studio A binary signal can have one of two states i e On or Off The events appearing in the timeline and in the Event list indicate when the signal from the external device changes When the signal changes from off to on the event EventMarkerOn will appear on the timeline and in the Events list and when the signal changes from on to off the event EventMarkerOff will appear 5 3 1 Logging events In addition to the automatic logging of events events can be logged manually on the Replay tab in Tobii Studio However before events can be manually logged a coding scheme must be defined i e you need to create a set of user defined events and asso ciate each event to a specific key on your keyboard To define a coding scheme 1 Open the Design and Record tab 2 Click the Setup button and select Coding Scheme 3 Click a row in the Description column and type the name of the event 4 On the Shortcut drop down list select the keyboard key you want to use to log the event 5 Select Quick Logging if you want to prevent the log message dialog box from appearing when you click the key in the Re play tab The New Log Message dialog box allows you to type a comment that will be associated to that specific event or to select another event if you pressed the wrong key The comment will be displayed in the
37. User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US To delete an existing participant group 1 Click the Delete button to the right of the group name in the Participant Groups list 2 Confirm the deletion by clicking Yes in the Delete Filter dialog box If you wish to cancel the deletion click No To select a segment group 1 Click the Segment Group drop down list button This opens the Segment Groups list for more details about Segment Groups read 5 4 3 Grouping Segments 2 Select an existing group from a list by clicking the group The list of recordings will be updated automatically showing on ly the recordings that fulfill the group conditions 7 3 Customizing the appearance of the Legend AOls and Mouse Clicks You can choose if you want to display or not as an overlay on any of the Gaze Plots Heat Map or Clusters the Legend box the AOls and or the Mouse Clicks You can also set the opacity for each one To set the appearance of the legend AOls and mouse clicks overlaid on the Gaze Plots Heat Map or Clusters visualization 1 Click the Show button on the Visualizations toolbar and click to add a check mark for each item you want to be shown 2 Click to remove the check mark for the items that you want to remove from the visualization display 3 Drag the Opacity slide bar to adjust the opacity view for each item Legend AOls Mouse Clicks 7 4 Creating gaze plots The Gaze Plot visualization shows the sequence and po
38. a recording you will see an Interrupted Recording dialog asking if the recording that was ongoing before the inter ruption should be repaired or deleted If you select Repair the software will attempt to repair the recording If the last element displayed when the recording ended was an image a movie an external video element a scene camera element or a pdf the video from that element will be lost and the gaze data will be replayed against a black background The timing between the user camera image sound recording and gaze data can contain offsets so repaired recordings should not be used if the timing between these is of critical importance for the analysis Importing Tobii Glasses Data After performing a recording using the Tobii Glasses the gathered data can be imported into Tobii Studio for further analysis Before starting Tobii Studio for the data import for more detailed information please read the Tobii Glasses User Manual 1 2 3 Connect the Memory card reader to the computer If your computer has an integrated Memory card reader use that instead Turn the Recording Assistant off remove the memory card and insert it in the memory card reader Close any AutoPlay dialog boxes that appear on the computer screen To import the Tobii Glasses data into Tobii Studio 1 Start Tobii Studio In the Tobii Studio Project Library dialog box create a new Project and Test This will open Tobii Studio to the Design and
39. about Segment Groups read 5 4 3 Grouping Segments 2 Select an existing group from a list by clicking the group The list of recordings will be updated automatically showing on ly the recordings that fulfill the group conditions 922 Selecting Areas of Interest The Areas of Interest list is located in the data selection panel and displays all the Areas of Interest AOI and AOI groups that were drawn on the selected media lal Areas of Interest AOI Groups iE F emotional face a iE F neutral faces Individual AOls v F DrawAngry JPG ReadingandFaces 7 DrawAngryEyes F neutral eyes a v F DrawHappy JPG ReadingandFaces 7 DrawHappyEyes a J neutral eyes ow v DrawSad JPG ReadingandFaces DrawSadEyes a 7 neutral eyes a F neutral eyes_2 A Check Uncheck E Show Not on AOF AOI groups are listed first and are separated from individual AOls by a list divider Each AOI group row contains the name of the group a check box where you can toggle selection of the group for analysis and the color used to display the group in charts The color of an AOI group can be edited by clicking the color button and selecting a color from the color palette AOI groups will only be available for analysis if all the media containing the AOI groups are selected The individual AOls are displayed per selected media in a two level collapsible list The first level contains the media and the test names a
40. and frame rate In most cases when making a video recording the video signal needs to be converted from analog to digital This is Li done by using codecs Because of this delays are induced affecting the precision of the video synchronization Fur thermore at high CPU load some video capture devices occasionally lose video frames This means that although gaze data and trigger data are timed with the same precision as for all other Tobii Studio media types the synchroniza tion of gaze data in relation to the scene camera video may be degraded Make sure you use a high performance computer Since the stimulus that is being eye tracked is a physical object the calibration points need to be displayed on a separate cali bration grid The calibration grid must have the same shape as the calibration pattern used in Tobii Studio and include either five or nine dots The calibration dots can be drawn on a paper marked on a calibration board or on the object itself It is also good to include a 25 larger active display area around the grid to make it easier to measure the parameters required in the X Series Configuration Tool for details please read the Tobii X Series Eye Tracker User Manuals Make sure that the corners of the calibration grid are exactly 90 degrees and that the center point is exactly in the middle of the grid How to calcu late the 25 larger active display area which needs to be added in the X Series Configuration Tool is
41. and log categories dialog box opens 2 Select the check boxes for the events you wish to display in the list 3 Click OK In addition to these automatic events you can also generate your own log events by using the coding scheme feature in Tobii Studio These events such as a participant clicking a link on a web page or looking at a specific part of a stimuli will also be shown in the Events list During the playback of the recording you can use these events to mark the sections in the recording that you find of interest or are more relevant to your study You can then use the bookmarks on the timeline or Events list to find those sections quickly For example you can use the user camera to record the reactions of the participants to the stimulus presentation and use the coding scheme to log the parts in the recording where the participant was confused distracted or engaged Later you can extract eye tracking metrics from these sections of the recording and compare the eye movement activity during the three behaviors You can also manually log events which can be useful when creating segments Segments can be used to create movies or scenes and the Events list can be filtered to only show specific events in the list and in the timeline With the Tobii TX300 Eye Tracker Tobii TX300 Firmware 1 1 or later it is possible to connect external devices to the sync port on the eye tracker such as a light sensor connected to the Cedrus StimTracker for
42. and one or more tests Each test created within a project contains one or more media elements the stimuli which are organized into a single linear timeline and recordings Charts Recording 1 Recording 1 Recording 2 Recording 2 Recording 3 Recording 3 The test also contains information on how the different media are presented to the test participant such as the order and the du ration of each media element Recordings include gaze data media presentation events e g media start and stop times mouse clicks and key presses and recording elements e g videos from screen recordings or video capture devices Each recording is associated with a participant and his or her unique calibration The project and test structure of Tobii Studio allows you to perform an experiment with different tests on the same group of par ticipants For example if you want to conduct an experiment using a factorial design you can have multiple tests within a single project where each test contains the same media but in a different order Or for A B comparison testing each test could con tain different media representing the different alternatives Visualizations are created based on the recordings belonging to their respective tests You can consequently only create a heat map for individual tests within a project even if the same image can be found in more than one of the tests However the Statis tics tab can be used to perform cros
43. by Basil Haigh Lorrin A Riggs Translation Ed Plenum New York 1967 xiv 222 pp Clee MovingMedian default for I VT The Moving Median noise reduction function is accessible using the I VT fixation filter and the Raw data filter Statistically the moving average function is optimal for recovering eye movement data in the eye tracking data series if the fluctu ations are normally distributed such as noise around a fixation However a normal distribution does not place high probability on large deviations which occur once a saccade take place This explains why the edge between a fixation and a saccade will be disproportionally smoothed in the output data If the fluctuations are instead assumed to be Laplace distributed the moving me dian is statistically optimal For a given variance the Laplace distribution places higher probability on rare events such as sac cades than does the normal distribution This explains why the moving median noise reduction function tolerates saccades better than the moving average noise reduction function and why the median noise reduction filter better preserves the amplitude of the saccade velocity The median noise reduction function is a symmetric moving median filter It produces output data by calculating the median value of a number of consecutive data points from the input data series The number of input data points used to produce each output data point is controlled by the Window size parameter Ea
44. changes will affect the subsequent recordings and analyses in Tobii Studio even if you switch to a different project If you wish to repeat tests or analysis or simply replicate tests from a pre vious Tobii Studio project make sure you note the different settings used in the test The Global Settings dialog box can be opened in two different ways from the Design and Record tab click the Setup drop down menu and select Settings or click Tools on the Tobii Studio menu bar and select Settings 12 2 1 Screen and video capture settings The first tab in the Global Settings dialog box the Screen and Video Capture tab has various settings for configuring the video recordings from the screen capture and user camera the user sound and allows you to enable local and remote Remote Viewers User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 12 General Settings 139 The halftone video scaling option determines how the video is scaled if the Remote Viewer window size is changed Halftoning is a technique used to make 24 bit color gradients look better on 256 color displays Halftoning normally increases the size of graphics files If the Use halftone smooth video scaling check box is selected the video will be streamed with a better image and details will be easier to see However this option requires more processor resources and can lower the computer s performance Type a value in the Screen capture frame rate field to change the frame rate of th
45. chart 4 Select the Show Velocity check box to show the angular velocity Only applicable using the I VT fixation filter 5 Type in the number of data points to include in the chart in the Max samples field i Maximum number is 4000 Charting always starts at the first sample To plot recordings longer than 4000 samples or segments of recordings further into the recording than 4000 samples export gaze velocity and fixation data from Ve locityChart see 14 2 4 Exporting gaze velocity and fixation data from VelocityChart and plot data in Excel SPSS Matlab etc 6 Set the scale on the Y axis by typing in the maximum Y value in the Set Max Y field 14 2 4 Exporting gaze velocity and fixation data from VelocityChart The VelocityChart application enables velocity data to be exported All data processing function parameters are presented in the header of the text export The output format of the text export is a tab separated text file This format can be opened using Excel SPSS Matlab or any other text editor of your choice To export gaze velocity and fixation data from VelocityChart 1 From the File menu choose Text Export 2 Inthe Save fixation filter configuration to file dialog select location and enter the file name for text export file 3 Click Save The exported data is presented in the table below Column name Description Unit Index Indexes for the data points values corresponding to the order of the
46. distan ces during a test some parallax will always occur when mapping this data to the scene camera video since the Glasses are only calibrated at a single distance and the scene camera is never in the exact same position as the eye Tobii Studio includes a Paral lax Correction Tool This tool allows you to set the relative distance between whatever the participant was looking at and the Glasses and will calculate the correct gaze position on the scene video based on these settings When importing the Default distance setting is always the calibrated distance of 1 meter To see the current distance settings and parallax corrections 1 After importing the appropriate Project and Recordings into Tobii Studio open the Replay tab in Tobii Studio 2 From the Recordings list on the left hand side select the Recording you wish to work with 3 At the bottom of the window click the Glasses Tools button The Glasses Tools panel will expand between the timeline and the horizontal scroll bar In the Glasses Tools panel the Default Distance is stated which corresponds with the the white area in the adjacent timeline rep resentation Individually corrected sections are indicated in gray with the appropriate distance noted To open the Parallax Correction Tool 1 Follow steps 1 3 above to open the Glasses Tools 2 Click the Ruler button below the playback controls to the right of the stated current Default Distance The fullscreen Par allax Correc
47. eevee ceatsees tesa dees denebseuenitaen ded eeheesveeede 136 11 8 Turning on and off the Mouse Click Overlay 0 ee eeniieneeee ae aaa aaa neneeeeaes 136 11 9 Disconnecting from Tobi Studio 2 2 ccc anirai anrr cn EAEE EEOAE NA EAEAN EREA ENSE 136 11 10 Troubleshooting and technical Notes enna nies EnEn aaa Ena 136 11 10 1 Tobii Studio Remote Viewer firewall settingS eer ee ee enna 136 11 10 2 Tobii Studio Remote Viewer LAN requirement ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaeeeeeeaaeneees 136 12 Gomer DAE Nec aicicraianeniandinnensienane eens 137 12 1 Compie selingi miiia ain A aI EE EE EE Sixcentesbantense vas cede 137 12 1 1 Setting up display resolution sssesssessessssrrrrerresrrusesrnrrrerrerrusrsnnnrrrereeesssrernerreereees 137 12 1 2 Configuring a dual screen computer Setup sssesesssrrrrrrrrreresussrrrnrrrrrureersrrrerert 138 12 2 Tobii Studio Global Settings dialog Dox s ssessssssrsrrrrrrusresrnrrrrrrrnrunsnrnrnnrrrrrrunnunnrnrnrrurruee 139 12 2 1 Screen and video Capture SCttiNgGS ce eeeeeeenneeeeeeeae ee eeeeeaa nese senna eeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeees 139 12 2 2 Eye Tracker browser and hardware SettingS ss ssssrrsrrssrrrrsnrrrrrnnrrrrnnnnnrnnnnnrrena 141 12 2 3 Calibration Setting Susie ai i a A Ea a ON in 142 12 2 4 Fixation filter SCttingS eccirni E ER EE KAE R KENEEN 142 1226 Recording SetlihgS cressa ee E EEA EEA E EEE EREA 142 12 2 6 Miscellaneous SettingS s
48. filters Raw data visualization amp export un filtered gaze data User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 1 Introduction 3 2 Installing and Updating Tobii Studio The objective of this chapter is to instruct you in how to install and update Tobii Studio on the computer you are going to use to record eye tracking data For details on how to set up Tobii Eye Trackers or Eye Tracking hardware please read the respective user manuals For optimal performance Tobii Studio should be installed on a computer that follows the Tobii Studio and Tobii Eye Trackers System Recommendations This document is available at www tobii com Support amp Downloads section or can be obtained from your local sales representative Tobii Studio software can be used to incorporate much more than just recording of eye tracking data Various video and audio streams and integration with other software and hardware may also be utilized Make sure that when you use additional compo nents such as video capture cards and cameras that you have the correct drivers installed on your system and that they follow the System Requirements and Recommendations available for download at www tobii com 2 1 Before installation Tobii Studio uses Windows programming components drivers and eye tracking firmware e g APIs and frameworks to display and record the eye tracking data and stimulus If they were not previously installe
49. for all other Tobii Studio media types the synchronization of gaze data in relation to the captured video may be degraded Make sure you use a high perform ance computer Recommended computers video capture cards and codecs can be found in the system recommendations document available at www tobii com Please refer to the eye tracker hardware documentation for more information on the possible setups Ae Scene Camera The Scene Camera media element is used in combination with Tobii X Series Eye Trackers setups It combines video data col lected from a stand alone camera and gaze data In addition to the video device settings the Scene Camera element contains a perspective calibration tool to compensate for the scene camera s position relative to the stimulus and the user This media ele ment cannot be combined with other elements in the timeline The typical setup consists of the following items 18 4 Designing and Recording Tests User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US e Some sort of physical stimulus such as a collection of objects that is moved around on a table or magazines mobile devices or similar For proper gaze recording stimuli should be positioned or moved along a 2 dimensional plane Any de viations from the plane caused by the depth of the objects placed on the plane for example will cause parallax errors in the gaze estimate e A calibration grid which is placed on the same surface that is being tracked
50. hierarchal order metric gt me dia gt AOls and or AOI Groups gt Descriptive Statistics Example below 2 images DrawAngry JPG and DrawHappy JPG 4 AOls DrawAngryEyes DrawHappyEyes and 2 neutral eyes Row option Recording Time to First Fixation DrawAngry JPG DrawHappy JPG DrawAngryEyes neutral eyes DrawHappyEyes neutral eyes N Mean Sum N Mean Sum N Mean Sum N Mean Sum Count Seconds Seconds Count Seconds Seconds Count Seconds Seconds Count Seconds Seconds Recordings Rec 01 1 0 58 0 58 1 2 14 2 14 1 0 77 0 77 1 1 19 1 19 AOI Media Summary Each cell in the AOI Media Summary columns contains the descriptive statistic value for all the AOls present in a single media element The cell value calculation also depends on the Row option selection The data is displayed us ing the following column hierarchal order metric gt media gt All AOls groups the data from all AOls present in each media gt De scriptive Statistics Example below 2 images DrawAngry JPG and DrawHappy JPG 2 AOls DrawAngryEyes and neutral eyes Row option Recordings Time to First Fixation DrawAngry JPG DrawHappy JPG All AOIs All AOIs N Mean Sum N Mean Sum ere Count Seconds Seconds Count Seconds Seconds Rec 01 2 1 36 2 72 2 0 98 1 96 AOI Group Summary Each cell in the AOI Group Summary columns contains the descriptive statistic value for an AOI group calculated for all the selected media The cell value calc
51. in the Areas of Interest pane 4 Move the time indicator slider to the point in time where you want to paste the AOI 5 To paste the copied AOI do one of the following To paste the AOI in the middle of the media right click and click Paste To paste the AOI where the copied AOI was is right click and click Paste in place i You can also cut and paste AOls using the Edit menu on the toolbar or through keyboard shortcuts CTRL X and CTRL V 8 12 Showing Hiding AOls AOls can be hidden not visible or shown visible The visibility state is not to be mistaken for Activation state A hidden not visible AOI that is active will still collect data During replay inactive AOls will automatically be hidden To hide an AOI e Inthe Areas of Interest pane deselect the check box of the AOI you want to hide To show a hidden AOI e Inthe Areas of Interest pane select the check box of the AOI you want to show 8 13 Panning and zooming the media To pan the media User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 8 Creating and Managing Areas of Interest 81 Panning the media is only possible if the media is larger than the viewport 1 Select the Pan tool on the toolbar 2 Drag the media to pan it to its new location To zoom the media do one of the following e Select the Zoom tool on the toolbar and click on the media where you want to zoom in e On the status bar slide the Zoom slider to the percentage zoom
52. in the participant group by se lecting the check boxes in the Values list 5 You can choose to filter by one independent variable or a combination of several independent variables e g the group young Danish women can be created by using the independent variable combination age nationality and gender In or der to create a multivariable group repeat step 4 for other variables you wish to use to describe the group 6 Click OK to create or Cancel to dismiss the new group To select a participant group 1 Click the Participant Group drop down list button This opens the Participant Groups list 2 Under Participant Groups select an existing group by clicking the group The list of recordings will be updated automati cally showing only the recordings that fulfill the group conditions To edit an existing participant group 1 Click the Participant Group drop down list button This opens the Participant Groups list 2 Click the Edit button to the right of the group name in the Participant Groups list This opens the Edit Group dialog box 3 Change the group name in the Participant Group Name field 4 Click an independent variable in the Variables list and select the values you wish to include or exclude in the group defini tion by selecting the check boxes in the Values list g Repeat step 4 for other variables you wish to change 6 Click OK to accept or Cancel to dismiss the changes 60 7 Visualizing Eye Tracking Data
53. loading you can select or unselect specific tests or recordings by clicking Show archive contents and selecting the recordings to be imported The project name description author and new location can be changed by expanding the Show project details Once the appropriate files and settings have been chosen click Import If a project with the same project ID already ex ists there are two options save the project as a new project or merge it with the old read the following section 3 5 Merg ing Tobii Studio projects The project will appear in the project list when the import is finished 3 5 Merging Tobii Studio projects Tobii Studio allows you to create a project with one or more tests the parent project and then export this project to other Tobii Studio workstations where the test recordings can be carried out in parallel The recordings and eye tracking data can then be merged back into the original project for analysis A project with the same name must exist in the project list in order to merge two projects Li To ensure that the recordings are merged into the correct test do not make any changes to the test design and details in the child project To merge two projects 1 2 3 6 Start Tobii Studio to open the Tobii Project Library dialog box Click Import Project Archive Click Browse to open the Windows Explorer dialog box and browse to the file you want to merge Click the file to select it and then click
54. lost due to legitimate reasons such as the participant blinking or looking away These kinds of data losses usually result in data gaps longer than 100 ms Losing data in these latter cases may be perfectly fine for applications of eye tracking where attention is measured since participants do not see anything while blinking or looking away anyway The Tobii Studio user can control the limit of how large the gaps of data that should be filled in are by setting the parameter Max gap length The default value of Max gap length is 75 ms which is between the two data loss scenarios just mentioned above According to Komogortsev et al 2010 minimum blink duration is 75 ms Data is filled in in the data gap through linear interpolation Data points are added along a straight line between neighboring valid data points Interpolation is done for each eye separately Komogortsev et Al 2010 Standardization of Automated Analyses of Oculomotor Fixation and Saccadic Behaviors IEEE Trans actions on Biomedical Engineering vol 57 11 pp 2635 2645 6 4 2 Noise reduction 6 4 2 1 MovingAverage Not default for Raw data filter All measurement systems including eye trackers experience noise Noise can come from imperfections in the system setup as well as from influences and interferences from the environment in which the measurement takes place In eye tracking research where the fixation is the eye movement of interest other minor eye m
55. mean Fixation Duration on AOI B in Media 1 9 4 6 2 Brief description Duration of each individual fixation within an AOI or within all AOls belonging to an AOI group seconds User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics 101 9 4 7 Total Fixation Duration seconds This metric measures the sum of the duration for all fixations within an AOI or within all AOls belonging to an AOI group thus the N value used to calculate descriptive statistics is based on the number of recordings read the N value description below for more details i Cut off fixations as described in the introduction of section O will affect descriptive statistics for this metric There are no limitations on how short these cut off fixations can be to still be included in the calculations of a metric If at the end of the recording the participant has not fixated on the AOI the Total Fixation Duration will not be computed and the recording will not be included in the descriptive statistics calculations e g when computing N and means When browsing a website or PDF document each visited web URL and PDF page will become a unique media element 1 If the Web Groups tool is used to group two or more URLs the group and not the URL will become a unique media element Total Fixation Duration Measured in seconds Fixations on media size indicates duration Q200 009M O00 WOBQS oS e g
56. name and select the folder where you want to save it Click Save to complete the process To batch export segments to videos 1 2 42 Click the Export Movie button on the Replay header In the Batch Export Segments to AVI Clips dialog box start by choosing the folder where you want to export the videos to type the folder path or click the button to browse to the folder location Select to export one of the following e Export segments from Current recording All recordings in current test All recordings in all tests e Export recordings Current recording All recordings in current test 5 Replaying and Editing Recordings User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US All recordings in all tests Enable disable the user camera and sound in the User camera settings section Select the user camera opacity size and location You can change its location by dragging it around Select the codec you want to use to produce the video and type or select the frame rate of the video export N QO oO A Click OK to initiate the batch export A dialog box will appear when the export has completed When you click OK the folder containing the videos will be opened 5 5 Creating scenes from dynamic content Unlike segments which are mainly used for exporting the recording scenes are primarily used to prepare the recording for the Visualization and Statistics tab Recordings need to first be divided into scenes i
57. no limitations on how short these cut off fixations can be to still be included in the calculations of a metric If at the end of the recording the participant has not fixated on the AOI the First Fixation Duration value will not be computed and that participant will thus not be included in the descriptive statistics calculations e g when computing N User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics 99 First Fixation Duration Measured in seconds AF Fixations on media size indicates duration Goo0oc00 9 go 2 Media 1 view time Media 2 view time eS TFF on AOI C in Media 2 9 4 5 1 N value This statistic describes the N value used to calculate other descriptive statistics such as the mean and standard deviation In the current metric it represents the number of recordings and is calculated as follows Row settings When recordings are selected as table rows the N value will always be equal to 1 If participants are selected as table rows the N value will be equal to the number of recordings that participant has made with the same media element If participant groups are selected as rows then the N value will be equal to the number of recordings included in the group Summary columns In the AOI media summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x the number of AOls included in a single media element In the A
58. of Interest Statistics Data Export as 48 WebTest Generate Export Movie RTA Fullscreen Recordings Name Rec OT RTA2 Rec 23 RTA2 Rec 23 RTA O Rec 23 Rec 20 RTA 1 Download Spotify for Windows Rec 20 a Rec 12 RTA Rec 12 a Z f Downjggg spotity 4 Events Pies d busten below to downlad Sptty tr Window Fiter by category Select si Fiter by text j Run the installer E ScreenRecSt_ 00 00 00 000 QuestionStart 00 00 00 161 Whats your g Z QuestionEnd 00 00 07 479 Whatiis your 9 EE QuestionStart 00 00 07 514 How often do A QuestionEnd 00 00 11 999 How often do E QuestionStart 00 00 12 036 How often da Z QuestionEnd 00 00 15 287 How often do _ User Cam Segments Scenes Settings Recording Rec 23 length 00 05 20 929 participant P23 The window while under the Replay tab is divided into three main areas e Replay header Contains the Test selection button Generate Export Movie RTA Full Screen and Help buttons e Recordings pane This is where you can select and delete recordings view a list of the different events Events and read the user camera recording User Cam e Replay pane This is where you can view playback of the stimuli and recording of the participant s gaze view the record ing timeline control the playback create and edit segments segment groups and scenes and change viewing settings From t
59. on the screen together with an image containing nine dots Instruct the participant to look at the center of the dots If the calibra tion was accurate the gaze point should overlap the dots The distribution of the dots also allows you to assess calibration accu racy in different areas of the screen Click ESC to exit 32 4 Designing and Recording Tests User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 9 10 11 12 13 If the calibration is accurate enough for your study click the Accept button to open the Start Recording dialog box In the Start Recording dialog box enter a name for the recording make sure to use informative names and look at the track status box to confirm once more that the participant is correctly positioned in front of the eye tracker Click Start Recording to show the test and record media and eye tracking data The recording concludes when all the media elements have been presented Once the recording has ended you are ready to move to the Replay tab and analyze the recording To abort a recording press the Esc key at any time during the recording 4 4 In cases of recordings ending prematurely e g because of system hanging or software crashes Tobii Studio has the support for repairing such recordings so that the data collected up to the point when the recording stopped can be used further for analysis The next time Tobii Studio is started after the program has been shut down unexpectedly dur ing
60. or external scenes The scene or object is recorded by Tobii Studio through an external camera This media element cannot be used together with other el ements on the same timeline e Questionnaire Allows you to create and display multiple choice questionnaires that require a single answer during a re cording The answers can be used to filter and compare data sets in the Tobii Studio visualizations and statistics tools e PDF Element Allows participants to navigate through a static PDF document and move back and forth between the pa ges facilitating display of documents print ads newspaper spreads and other study objects in a more natural manner of interaction By S Instruction An Instruction element is a text element that can be used to describe a task e g four images will be shown or to provide in structions to a participant during a recording e g which key to click to move to the next slide An instruction can be placed any where on the timeline and is displayed as text on a customizable background To add the element to the test 1 Drag the media element icon to the test workspace timeline indicated by the gray arrow in the user interface The media setup dialog box opens To name the Instruction element 1 Type a name in the Element Name field To add and edit text 1 Type the text in the Preview field Add your text here 2 To the right of the field is a preview of the Instruction element 3 Change
61. other chat communication programs Ideally use the computer only to run Tobii Studio tests and analysis It may help to disable or disconnect Bluetooth WLAN Wifi and network connectors and to remove CDs or DVDs from disk drives Use a direct connection between your computer and Tobii Eye Trackers For more information on how to connect the computer and Tobii Eye Trackers please read the section entitled Connecting Tobii Eye Tracker in your eye tracker user manual Use images and movies as stimuli using the recommended formats and codecs see table below Disable Live Viewer User Sound and User Image from the user camera Don t run your study at excessive screen resolutions Choose something reasonable for your purpose Higher resolutions take up precious video RAM and increase the time for clearing the frame buffer drawing your stimulus and for post proc essing operations Optimize Windows 7 or XP for better performance For more information visit http www microsoft com windowsxp using setup maintain improveperf mspx Make sure that the energy saving options of your computer do not slow down the processor and other subsystems to save power or battery life This is especially important for laptops running on battery power Running two displays simultaneously requires more video RAM and processor resources from your graphics card plus some additional management overhead in the graphics driver This can cause lower graphics perfor
62. out In order to use two screens your computer must be equipped with a dual head graphics card and you must have two monitors connected to this card One monitor is the eye tracker monitor where the stimuli are shown and one is a regular monitor for Tobii Studio Remote Viewer To change the computer display settings Windows XP 1 Once the dual display graphics card is installed with the card specific drivers and the two screens are connected to the computer right click your computer desktop then select Properties In the Display Properties dialog box click the Settings tab On the Settings tab you should see two icons representing the two monitors Click the Display drop down list and select your external monitor Select the Extend my Windows desktop onto this monitor check box Click the monitor icons and drag to configure their relative position The eye tracker screen should be set as the primary screen monitor and the Remote Viewer screen as the secondary Click Identify to see which screen is the primary screen To set the eye tracker screen as the primary monitor select the eye tracker monitor in the Display list and then clear the Use this device as the primary monitor check box 138 12 General Settings User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US This check box is unavailable when you select the monitor icon that is currently set as the primary monitor For some graphics cards you need to click Advanced on the
63. playback of the recording Being a preset of Gaze Plots you can customize the Bee Swarms just as you customize a gaze plot read 7 4 1 Customizing gaze plots 7 5 Creating heat maps Heat maps can be of great value when creating reports papers or presentations as they help you to summarize large quantities of data in an intuitive way A heat map uses different colors to show the number of fixations participants made in certain areas of the image or for how long they fixated within that area Red usually indicates the highest number of fixations or the longest time and green the least with varying levels in between In spite of its intuitiveness the task of interpreting a heat map is more complex than it seems For a critical discussion on how to interpret heat maps please read Bojko s 2009 paper entitled Informative or Misleading Heatmaps Deconstructed Bojko A 2009 Informative or Misleading Heatmaps Deconstructed in Human Computer Interaction Part I HCII 2009 Jacko J A Ed Springer Verlag Berlin pp 30 39 For Windows Window Itere Explore HeatMap De abonos Eam ED gt ah E Page Took r Preset Default HEATMAP SETTINGS Type Count Radius Qu 5px APPEARANCE amp STYLE Style Heatmap Scale Max Value 30 E Counts Opacity 100 Wile fes fiom the Intenet can be ucel tis fie type can ham your computer l you do not vust the source do nok nor save thie softwa
64. scene To create new scenes from segments 1 Select the recording to use for this task and make sure the Segments and Scenes panes are visible 2 Right click the Scenes tab and select Create new scene Textl JPG i_ Slide5J_ Te_ C lins_8 PB P EDr P BDrEDrlin_ m Drag segments here to add data to the scene g z Ege z MW gt i Segments Scenes Settings Recording Rec 01 length 00 01 47 791 participant P01 m 3 Drag the segment to the desired scene You can also drag it to an empty Scene pane which in turn will create a scene In addition you can drag multiple segments to the same scene 4 The new scene is updated and displays the same recording coverage as the segment 5 Open the Scene context menu and select Rename to change the name of the scene 5 5 2 Generating scenes automatically The automatically generated scenes are used mostly for E Prime generated events The events sent by E Prime will be visible on the Events list as SceneStarted or SceneEnded event type with the scene name on the Text field and as bookmarks on the recording timeline To automatically generate the scenes 1 Click on the Generate menu on the Replay tab and select Scenes 2 Select the recordings on which you wish to generate scenes single import only the currently selected recording the re cording highlighted on the rec
65. selection read the previous section for details 2 Right click the new selection 3 Select Add Selection to Scene and select which scene you would like to add the selection to 4 The scene is updated and displays the recording coverage derived from the selection When a scene is created the background image is taken from the timeline marker s current location To change the background of the scene 1 Drag the timeline marker to the section of the video recording that contains the images you wish to use and choose the frame that is most appropriate to overlay the gaze data on 2 Click the Scene context menu arrow and then select Set new Scene Image To delete a scene 1 Click the Scene context menu arrow 2 Select Delete and then click Yes in the confirmation dialog box to confirm To delete a content section of a scene 1 Right click the content you want to delete from the scene 2 Click Delete scene segment 5 6 Exporting Recordings Recordings are exported into an AVI video format that can then be viewed using an external media player This export procedure is the same as exporting segments as videos 5 4 4 Exporting segments as videos To export the videos 1 Click the Export Movie button on the Replay header 2 Inthe Batch Export dialog box start by choosing the folder where you want to export the videos to Type the folder path or click the button to browse to the folder location User Manual Tobii Studio
66. that opened or by defining a cus tom color 3 Click OK to apply the chosen color to the recording The color identifies the recording on the timeline and also in the Vis ualization area TA Using independent variables and segment groups to filter recordings Filtering allows you to restrict your data to a group of participants For example if you have created an independent variable called gender you can produce two separate heat maps for women and men by creating two filters one for males and another for females Each filter can be defined by either one independent variable or a combination of independent variables You can view select create and manage filters in the Recordings lists of the Visualization tab Use the Participant Group or Segments Group drop down lists located at the top of the Recordings list of the Selection pane to filter the recordings according to participant groups and or segment groups By default no filters are applied meaning that the default selections are e All Participants for the Participant Groups e Full Recordings for the Segment Groups To create a new participant group 1 Click the Participant Group drop down list This opens the Participant Groups list 2 Click Create new participant group The New Participant Group dialog box opens 3 Type a group name in the Participant Group Name field 4 Click an independent variable in the Variables list and select the values you wish to include
67. the Export button on the Visualization header and select one of the following e Visualization Image exports an image of the current media background together with the selected visualization heat map gaze plot or cluster as an overlay e Visualization Layer Image exports an image of the current selected visualization heat map gaze plot or cluster on a transparent background 2 Inthe Save Image dialog box select the folder and type the file name 3 Select the type of image file JPEG or PNG and then click Save To export an animated visualization to an avi file 1 Click the Export button on the Visualization header and select Animated Visualization This is available for gaze plots heat maps and clusters You can create a video AVI with animated gaze plots heat maps or clusters overlaid on a static im age or a video 2 Inthe Save Image dialog box select the folder and type the file name 3 Click Save The movie file is exported and a notification box appears Click Open output folder to browse for the exported file or click Done to close it To export a list of the Recording Segment Durations to a txt file 1 Click the Export button on the Visualization header and select Recording Segment Durations 2 Inthe Save Image dialog box select the folder and type the file name 3 Click Save A txt file is created containing a list of all the recording segment durations 7 8 1 Batch export You can use
68. the Movie element 1 The software uses the video file name minus the extension once the file is added to the element You can change the el ement name by clicking in the Element Name field and replacing it by anew name To add a video file to the element 1 Click the Browse button and locate the video file you want to add 2 Click the video file and then select Open to add the file to the Movie element 3 Select the Mark as dummy media check box if you wish to exclude the movie from analysis In other words the video will be shown during the presentation but it will not be possible to create a visualization for the video To choose how the movie element ends and moves to the next element select one of the following options e Movie end The duration of the media element presentation is set to the end of the video playback i e the next element on the timeline is shown when the video ends e Mouse click The video will be shown until the mouse is clicked This can be done by the test participant or the test lead er Thereafter the next media on the timeline will be shown e Key press The video will be shown until any key on the keyboard is clicked This can be done by the test participant or the test leader Thereafter the next media on the timeline will be shown Select the Show Mouse Cursor check box if you wish to display the mouse cursor on the screen during presentation of the video During the test the video is presented
69. the Recordings pane 5 1 Playback settings The complete test session recording can be viewed at any time with gaze data superimposed The Replay tab is a flexible tool that allows you to customize different aspects of the recording playback and analysis detail 51 1 Customizing the recordings list In the Recordings pane there is a list of all the recordings made in the selected test By default Tobii Studio displays in the re cordings list the name of the recording the quality of the recording as a percentage samples and the participant that was re corded You can also display more information about the recording To make more information about the recording visible in the Recordings list of the Recordings pane 1 Right click anywhere on the recordings list 2 Select Show in the context menu 3 Now select one at a time the information you want to display in the list The title of the new column will appear at the top of the list To sort the list by a recording detail 1 Right click anywhere on the recordings list 2 Select Sort by in the context menu 3 Choose the element to sort by 4 Click the respective column headings to change the sorting order You can also click the heading you want to sort by and click again to reverse the sorting Types of information that can be shown in the recordings list e Name ID of the recording can be modified in the recordings list by clicking the ID e Date The date
70. the computer have been set up correctly This ensures that the eye tracker will be able to communicate with Tobii Studio that the stimulus is correctly displayed on the screen and that data recording and analysis are performed according to your study objectives This is particularly relevant if the eye tracking system is being used simultaneously in different studies or research projects and when different users have different requirements for their tests and analysis 12 1 Computer settings The Tobii T Series Eye Trackers are integrated into 17 and 24 TFT LCD monitors while the Tobii X Series Eye Trackers can be used with a wide range of screen sizes It is important that when you prepare your eye tracking study that you ensure that the computer running Tobii Studio is able to support the different screen resolutions and sizes Thus the first thing to do after instal ling the software and eye tracking hardware is to ensure that the computer display settings are set correctly to run the eye track ing tests Resolution based on LCD monitor size Monitor size where the stimulus is shown Recommended resolution pixels 17 to 19 standard ratio LCD 1280 x 1024 20 standard ratio LCD 1600 x 1200 20 to 22 widescreen LCD 1680 x 1050 24 widescreen LCD 1920 x 1200 The precision of the timing for example of the offset between the stimulus presentation and data recording can be improved by optimizing yo
71. the current time 5 Goto Start click this button to set the current time and current time needle 9 to the Start time 6 Playback buttons used to play pause the visualization and to go to the previous next frame using the backward and forward buttons 7 Select the data source interval e Accumulate displays the gaze data accumulated from the start time until the current time e Sliding window the interval length to limit the display of gaze data to a pre determined time interval throughout the playback This interval is set by clicking the field and typing a value in seconds 8 Start time needle positioned at start time 9 Current time needle marker of the current time The value is displayed at item 4 10 Stop time needle the point in time up to which the gaze data is visualized Talal Selecting data from a time interval You can choose to restrict the data used to create the visualization according to a time interval For example you can create a heat map showing the fixations made during the first 2 seconds of the stimulus display The interval can be determined in two dif ferent ways The first way is by dragging the markers on the visualization timeline and the second is by setting the Start and Length time values in the respective fields To set the time interval using the timeline markers 1 Drag the Start time needle no 8 in the above image to set the start of the data interval 2 D
72. the cursor blinks Type a value e g male Repeat step 4 until you have entered all the values N Oo Gg F O N Click OK to save the variable and values to the variables list in the Manage Participants dialog box For more information on how to create participant independent values using participant interaction please read the Question naire media element section in 4 1 2 Media element types To learn how to create participant groups and filter recordings read 7 2 1 Using independent variables and segment groups to filter recordings and 9 2 1 Choosing recordings 4 3 Calibrating and recording participants Recordings are initiated by clicking the Start Recording button located at the bottom of the window on the Design and Record tab In order to start a recording you need to create a new or select an existing participant and perform a calibration The calibra tion process ensures that the eye tracker learns the characteristics of the participant s eyes and accurately calculates the di rection of his her gaze on the surface of the screen or object Before starting the recording session make sure that Tobii Studio is connected to the eye tracker and that the study design and settings are set correctly To check the connection status between the eye tracker and Tobii Studio 1 Below the Start Recording button there is an indicator that shows the serial number ID of the eye tracker and whether it is connected or not Connection
73. the exception that if at the end of the recording the partici pant has not fixated on the AOI the Total Visit Duration value will be registered as zero and the recording will be included in the descriptive statistics calculations e g when computing N and means 9 4 13 1 Brief description Duration of all visits within an AOI or an AOI group seconds 106 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 9 4 14 Visit Count count This metric measures the number of visits within an active AOI or AOI group A visit is defined as the time interval between the first fixation on the active AOI and the end of the last fixation within the same active AOI where there have been no fixations out side the AOI For AOI groups a visit is defined as the time interval between the first fixation on any active AOI belonging to the group and the end of the last fixation within on any active AOI within the AOI group where there have been no fixations outside the active AOls of the AOI group If at the end of the recording the participant has not fixated on the AOI the Visit Count value will not be computed and the re cording will not be included in the descriptive statistics calculations e g when computing N Visit Count Former Observation Count Measured in counts aap oD Fixations on media size indicates duration Qoc0000 OW OO MOOG Visit Count on AOI B in Media 1 2 9 4 14
74. the original or select Scale to Screen Resolution to automatically have the size set to match the screen resolution 2 Click the Preview button in the lower left corner of the Setup screen to see how the stimuli will be presented during the test 3 Press ESC on the keyboard to exit the preview If the size is not ideal repeat the two previous steps After performing a recording every page single or double paged in the pdf document will be available for analysis in the Visual izations and in the Areas Of Interest views in Tobii Studio 4 1 3 Editing an existing test After adding elements to the test timeline you can change the initial test design by easily deleting or editing existing media elements If recordings have been performed with the test the test is locked and you have to unlock the test by clicking on the i red lock button on the upper right corner of the window A confirmation dialog displays asking you if you want to unlock the test Click Yes to unlock the test in order to be able to edit it To delete a media element 1 Right click the media element 2 Select Delete from the context menu 3 Click OK in the confirmation dialog box if you are sure you want to delete the element To copy a media element 1 Select the media element s to copy To select multiple media elements click and hold the CTRL key while you click each media element To select many consecutive elements click the first element in the seque
75. to the study for example by pressing and holding the CTRL key as you click each file 3 Right click the selection and in the context menu select Copy 4 Return to Tobii Studio Under the Design and Record tab right click the timeline and select Paste 5 Inthe Add Multiple Images dialog box there is a list of the file names You can preview each file by clicking the file name You can also add or remove files from this screen by clicking the Add or Remove buttons 6 Change the order of the files by selecting the file and clicking the arrow button for the desired direction located to the right of the list 7 Set the viewing properties in the Properties box 8 Select Randomize Images if you wish to present the images in a counterbalanced order 9 Click OK to add the images to the test 14 4 Designing and Recording Tests User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US For information on accuracy of the image presentation in Tobii Studio please read 14 1 Appendix A Tobii Studio critical timing information 4123 Movie A Movie element is a media element that is used to present video files to participants during a recording During the presentation videos are shown in actual size and key presses and mouse clicks are also recorded To add the element to the test 1 Drag the media element icon to the test workspace timeline indicated by the gray arrow in the user interface The media setup dialog box opens To name
76. types provides general information such as information about the project test participant and recording and fixation filter used General data Description Format ExportDate Date when the file was exported date of export YYYYMMDD StudioVersionRec Tobii Studio release version used to perform the recording StudioProjectName Name of the Tobii Studio project StudioTestName Name of the Tobii Studio Test ParticipantName Name of the Participant associated with the Tobii Studio recording VariableName Value Displays the independent variable values associated with the participant Enabling this column generates one column per in dependent variable RecordingName Name of the Recording RecordingDate Date when the recording was performed YYYYMMDD RecordingDuration The duration of the recording Milliseconds RecordingResolution The resolution of the screen or of the video capture device used Pixels horizontal x vertical during the recording FixationFilter The fixation filter applied when the data was exported I VT filter Raw filter Tobii fixation filter Clearview filter For data types that provide date information the actual format of the exported values depends on the used computer s locale settings i e it is determined by settings in the Microsoft Windows operating system 126 10 Exporting Data User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 10 10 38 Media data This group of
77. types to be included in the data export In the Data Export tool there are multiple types of data available for export You should consider using one of the predefined data export settings available through the Load Settings button on the Data Export toolbar These predefined data export settings are further described in section 4 9 To simplify navigation among the available data types the types are divided into groups By default all available data types are preselected for all groups A complete list of data types with descriptions is found in section 4 10 When the Data Export tool is opened all groups are collapsed To the right next to the arrow icons the number of selected data types and available types is shown e g 4 of 4 selected To select all data types in one group at the same time if they are not all selected can be done by ticking this tick box Selecting or deselecting individual data types for export is done by ticking the tick box next to the data type name To select the data types to be included in the data export 1 2 Click a group name or the drop down arrow to the right of the group row to see the data types available in a group Select the checkboxes of the data types that you would like to include in the exported data Note To deselect all data types for a group deselect the topmost checkbox in the group Selecting it will select all data types for that group 120 10 Exporting Data User Manual
78. v 3 2 Rev A en US 5 Replaying and Editing Recordings 45 File settings User camera settings 7 Enable user camera PiP ry V Enable user sound Size 320x240 x Output folder C Users mpHocal Documents le Export segments from Curent recording Al recordings in current test Al recordings in all tests Export recordings Current recording Allrecordings in current test All recordings for all tests AVI encoder Video codec Microsoft Video 1 v Edt Hint Position the PiP user camera position by dragging it within Frame rate 15 the window ok ca 3 Select to export one of the following e Export segments from Current recording All recordings in current test All recordings in all tests e Export recordings Current recording All recordings in current test All recordings in all tests Enable disable the user camera and sound from the video export Select the user camera opacity size and location You can change its location by dragging it around Select the codec you want to use to produce the video Type or select the frame rate of the video export oan oa s Click OK to initiate the batch export of the video files 5 7 Reviewing Glasses Data The Glasses Data Viewer can be used to do the following e Make a frame by frame analysis of your recording and gaze position e View all Glasses data such as Gaze coordinates per frame includin
79. women and men by creating two filters one for males and another for females Each filter can be defined by either one independent variable or a combination of independent variables You can view select create and manage filters in the Recordings lists of the Visualization tab Use the Participant Group or Segments Group drop down lists located at the top of the Recordings list of the Selection pane to filter the recordings according to participant groups and or segment groups By default no filters are applied meaning that the default selections are e All Participants for the Participant Groups e Full Recordings for the Segment Groups To create a new participant group 1 Click the Participant Group drop down list This opens the Participant Groups list 2 Click Create new participant group The New Participant Group dialog box opens 3 Type a group name in the Participant Group Name field 4 Click an independent variable in the Variables list and select the values you wish to include in the participant group by se lecting the check boxes in the Values list 5 You can choose to filter by one independent variable or a combination of several independent variables e g the group young Danish women can be created by using the independent variable combination age nationality and gender In or der to create a multivariable group repeat step 4 for other variables you wish to use to describe the group 6 Click OK to create
80. www tobii com www tobii com www tobii com www tobii com www tobii com sales tobii com sales de tobii com sales cn tobii com sales jp tobii com sales us tobii com
81. 000 ms average 55 11 ms 3000 ms average 52 62 ms 240 250 260 270 280 835 330 540 550 560 370 S80 Reported time shown ms Reported time shown ms i 0 M 1055 11 Mean 3052 62 1000ms Std Dev 8 17 3000ms Sul Dan 40 N 400 N 400 frequency z a 1050 10 3050 3060 Reported time shown ms Reported time shown ms 14 1 4 Recommendations When designing an experiment it is always good practice to test both experimental procedure as well as the equipment you will be using to perform the tests If you are conducting eye tracking experiments that require high timing precision we strongly rec ommend testing your eye tracking setup with the stimuli you will be presenting as well as conducting a pilot test to assess the quality of the data Tobii Studio timing offsets can be reduced by following these recommendations Optimize your computer hardware by using Tobii recommend components For an overview of the configurations tested by Tobii Technology see the next table For a more detailed list of Tobii Eye Tracking Recommended components please read the system recommendations for Tobii Studio and TX series Eye Trackers The computer running Tobii Studio should have the least number of processes running in the background This means that you should disable or uninstall any unnecessary programs that might be running in the background anti virus soft ware firewall software anti spyware software Skype or
82. 1 N value This statistic describes the N value used to calculate other descriptive statistics such as the mean and standard deviation In the current metric it represents the number of recordings and is calculated as follows Row settings When recordings are selected as table rows the N value will always be equal to 1 If participants are selected as table rows the N value will be equal to the number of recordings that participant has made with the same media element When participant groups are selected as rows then the N value will be equal to the number of recordings included in the group Summary columns In the AOI media summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x the number of AOls included in a single media element In the AOI group summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings and follows the rules described in the pre vious paragraph row settings In the AOI metric summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x the total number of AOls i e all AOls in cluded in all media elements 9 4 14 2 Brief description Number of visits within an AOI or an AOI group count User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics 107 9 4 15 Visit Count zero count This metric is calculated in the same way as Visit Count with the exception that if at the end of the recording the participant has not fixated on the AOI
83. 1066MHz DDR3 NVidia Quadro FX580 512MB Intel Core i7 2720QM 2 2 GHz 4GB 2X2GB 1333MHz DDR3 NVidia Quadro 3000M 2GB 146 14 Appendixes User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 RevA en US 14 1 1 Stimulus start time offset images and videos This offset measures the interval of time between the moment Tobii Studio timestamps the start of the stimulus presentation Im ageStart and VideoStart event to the actual instant the stimulus is displayed on a screen Recent tests show that when using Tobii Studio with Tobii recommended hardware configurations and devices these offsets can be maintained at a low value below 50 ms Summarizes the test results of the stimulus display start time offset tests All setups show that the offset between Tobii Studio timestamps and the start of image or video display is below 50 ms Values reported are mean s d in milliseconds Computer Dell T5500 Workstation Dell M6600 Mobile Workstation OS Windows 7 Windows XP Windows 7 Tobii Eye T6OXL T120 T6OXL T120 T6OXL Trackers Image offset 16 542 5 11 544 4 22 1 1 4 19 441 7 21 6 1 7 Video offset 30 9 5 0 17 445 1 29 4 5 2 16 94 3 8 29 1 5 1 The video codecs used in this test were MicrosoftVideo1 and XviD Images and videos were displayed at native screen resolu tions with the exeption of the videos displayed on the Tobii T60 XL Eye Tracker The resolution used for these videos was 1920 x 1080 pixels The display
84. 1280x1024 and the typical distance from the participant to the eye tracker screen 64 cm Tobii heat map calculations using fixation count for Absolute and Relative duration the calculations are the same however in stead of using the number o fixations as values we use the fixation duration or fixation duration media viewing time respectively Heatmap Count count max value is set to 1 Threshold 2 x location in pixels 7 6 Creating clusters The Cluster visualization is a graphic representation of areas with high concentrations of gaze data points clusters superim posed on a background image This type of visualization can be used to calculate clusters of raw gaze data that indicate regions of interest or similarly to Count heat maps display the areas with a high fixation density The fixation data contained in each clus ter can be further analyzed by automatically generating AOls and calculating eye tracking metrics based on those AOls User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 7 Visualizing Eye Tracking Data 67 CLUSTER Preset Default SETTINGS Percent Participants Threshold a 23 APPEARANCE amp STYLE Font Family Arial X Font Style Regular m Font Size 12 H Piels Opacity 80 te she jaborate on piay lists Chuster4 and share lints to music Participants 50 Al 2 Leam more Log in to download the client application Legal English v Privacy policy
85. 2 Select whether you want to launch the browser using a fixed browser size or in full screen mode Skip steps 3 and 4 if you select Fullscreen 3 Set the browser s starting location on the screen by typing values in pixels The top left point of the screen has the coor dinates 0 0 and the browser s origin is the top left point of the browser window For example by typing Left 0 and Top 0 the top left corner of the browser is in the top left corner of the screen 4 Type the width and height of the browser window in pixels To specify how to stop the Web element recording 1 Select the End recording after check box to set a time limit for the Web element session in seconds This is calculated from the moment the screen recording starts Please take into consideration that depending on how long it takes for the browser to start up and for the page to load the time the participant gets exposed to the stimuli varies 2 If you choose not to select End recording after you end the web element and move to the next media element on the timeline by pressing F10 on your keyboard Please note that F10 and Esc are the default keys for moving to the next element and aborting the recording Li You can change those from the Tobii Studio main menu by choosing Tools gt Settings and selecting the Re cording tab If you press the escape key during a recording the recording is aborted and the next element will not be presented Since not all
86. 2 2 Image An Image element is a media element that is used to present image files to the participant during a recording During the presen tation images are shown in actual size up to the screen s current resolution To add the element to the test 1 Drag the media element icon to the test workspace timeline indicated by the gray arrow in the user interface The media setup dialog box opens To name the Image element 1 The software uses the image file name minus the extension once the file is added to the element You can change the el ement name by clicking in the Element Name field and replacing the name To add an image file to an Image element 1 Click the Browse button to open Windows Explorer and browse to the image file you want to add to the test 2 Click the image file and then select Open to add the file to the Image element A preview of the image is shown below the Image Name field Select the Show Mouse Cursor check box if you wish to display the mouse cursor on the screen during presentation of the image 3 Ifthe image does not take up the entire screen you can change the background color of the element by selecting a color from the Background color drop down list 4 Select the Mark as dummy media check box if you wish to exclude the image from analysis In other words the image will be shown during the presentation but it will not be possible to create AOls gaze plots or heat map for the image To ch
87. 23 Recording 10 32415 The reason for doubling is that we need to make sure that each media element is followed by each of the other media elements the same number of times to counterbalance for order effects In the first set media element 2 is followed by 3 twice and by 5 twice but isn t followed by 1 or 4 at all Therefore the second set is created and 2 is followed by 1 twice and by 4 twice 4 1 5 Unlocking Tobii Studio Tests for editing After you have performed a recording the test will become locked This is to prevent any accidental modifications during the test sessions If you want to modify the test you first need to unlock it To unlock the test 1 Click the lock icon located in the upper right part of the media element toolbar 2 Click Yes in the confirmation dialog box to confirm the procedure 4 1 6 Test preview The Preview Test feature allows you to preview the media elements on the timeline as if it was a real recording but without re cording any data This way you can verify that the media elements are set up correctly with the right content and settings and that the transitions between the different elements are as desired To preview a test 1 To preview the test starting with the first element click the Preview Test button located next to the red Start Recording button at the bottom of the window If you wish to start previewing the test from a specific element and onwards right click that ele
88. 7 10 10 4 Segment and scene data eeccecceeeeeeeneee eres settee eee aaa eeeeeaaaeeeeesaaeeeeeeaaaeeeeeeaaeeees 127 10 10 5 Timestamp Catal esrin riasain rara beens cians EAEC EEREN E 127 1010 6 Recording Event Data icc icssetsesiceantiectasactiesssenteatsecettaaseeeatiessedahetassebaetiiavsdeetsacveds 128 10 10 7 Gaze event data and AOI activity information eee ereeee eee 130 10 10 8 Gaze tracking data 0 0 eee cece etter ee enter eee nent eee RAE NEA AKAA aT EREET ERATARA An 130 10 10 9 Eye tracking data and validity COd S eee eeeeees aa eeeeesaaeeeeeesaanees 131 Td Hebi Stulidio Romolo Vie We eonna anA eee tee 134 11 1 Installing Tobii Studio Remote VieWwelr c ceeeeeenneeeee cena eeeee cena ener eee aaeeee eana iaaa 134 11 2 Enabling remote viewing from Tobii StudiO ccceeeeeeeenneeeee cena nett eee aaeeee senna eeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeea 134 11 3 Starting the Tobii Studio Remote Viewer sessssssrsrrrrrreseesrsrrrrrrrrrursnrsrrnrnrrrrunssnnnrnrerrueeune 134 11 4 Showing the Tobii Studio Remote Viewer in full SCre N eeeeeeeeeeeeenneeeeeenaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeees 135 11 5 Turning on and off viewing of the User Camera display sesssssssssrsrrrresssrrrrrrrrrrrenssesnrrrrrrerrene 135 11 6 Changing the appearance of the User Camera display seeeeeenneeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeea 135 11 7 Turning on and off the Gaze overlay ciciis cctscceie sees teaneveteceel
89. 7 8 Exporting gaze plots heat maps and clusters 7 1 Selecting media To select a media for analysis simply click the media row in the media list and click one of the visualization tabs at the top Gaze Plot Heat Map or Cluster Fale Grouping web pages In many cases a web page will look slightly different each time it is presented during a recording For example if looping adver tisements are displayed Tobii Studio registers if the URL changes and presents them in the Web Groups Tool Using the Web Group Tool you can group similar pages that contain the object of interest or group pages that contain small differences that do not impact the analysis if they are grouped together Web pages saved as a group will be shown as a single media in the media list The Web Groups button on the Visualization header opens the Web Group Tool dialog box This tool is used to group different web pages for analysis Web pages can either be grouped using predefined criteria such as by URL Size ID and Name or can be grouped manually When the pages are grouped the gaze data from all the pages in the group is aggregated and displayed on a single page se lected to represent all the pages This page is called Group Image When grouping images make sure that all pages in the group contain the same data or that they have the same content for the areas that are important for analysis Once web groups are created the groups will appear in the media l
90. AOI To change the name of an AOI double click the AOI name in the Areas of interest pane and edit the name When an AOI is selected you can also press F2 to open the Rename AOI dialog To change the color of an AOI click the AOI color indicator rectangle next to the AOI name in the Areas of interest pane pick a new color and click ok To change the opacity of the AOls click the Appearance button in the toolbar and adjust the AOIs opacity slider To show or not show the AOI name labels in the AOls click the Appearance button in the toolbar and select or deselect the show AOI names check box 8 10 Undoing redoing actions To undo the most recent action On the toolbar click the Undo button or press Ctrl Z To undo a number of recent actions 1 2 On the toolbar click the drop down arrow next the Undo button In the drop down menu select the action that you want to undo To redo the most recent undone action On the toolbar click the Redo button or press Cirl Y To redo a number of recent undone actions 1 2 80 On the toolbar click the drop down arrow next the Redo button In the drop down menu select the action that you want to redo 8 Creating and Managing Areas of Interest User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 8 11 Copying cutting and pasting AOls You can copy cut and paste existing AOls Only the shape of the copied cut AOI can be pasted all other properties and behav i
91. AOI groups by pressing shift ctrl while clicking on the AOI groups 4 Click Delete and then click OK The AOls will not be deleted 8 16 Shortcut commands in the Areas of Interest tool Key Action Video Replay control shortcuts CTRL SPACE Toggle Play Pause video replay CTRL B Step back 1 video frame CTRL F Step forward 1 video frame CTRL SHIFT B Step back 5 seconds CTRL SHIFT F Step forward 5 seconds CTRL R Rewind video replay ALT B Go to previous AOI Keyframe Selected AOI ALT F Go to next AOI Keyframe Selected AOI AOI Shortcuts ALT B Go to previous AOI Keyframe Selected AOI ALT F Go to next AOI Keyframe Selected AOI DELETE Deletes selected AOI F2 Opens the Rename AOI dialog for selected AOI CTRL A Select all AOls CTRL C Copy selected AOI s CTRL X Cut selected AOI s CTRL V Paste AOI in center CTRL Shift V Paste AOI in place General Interface Shortcuts CTRL Z Undo last action CTRL Y Redo last Undo CTRL MOUSEWHEEL Zoom in out around mouse cursor SPACE HOLD Pan media C Toggle AOI Active state User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 8 Creating and Managing Areas of Interest 83 A D lt Action AOI Groups dialog Web Groups dialog Undo last action Redo last Undo Edit menu Select AO s Tool Select Vertices To
92. Alpha Gradient Settings dialog box will open if gaze opacity was selected The number on the left represents few fixations and the number on the right represents more fixations The numbers can range from 0 255 with 255 being opaque and 0 having no opacity Drag the Opacity slider to change the heat map s general opacity You can save a custom configuration of all the settings described above in order to use it at a later time without having to set each parameter manually again To save the customized settings 64 7 Visualizing Eye Tracking Data User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 1 Select the parameter values as desired according to the steps described above 2 Inthe right side panel from the Preset dropdown list select Save New Preset A dialog opens 3 Type in the name for the new set of customized settings and click Save You will be able to see the new name under the Preset dropdown list and you will be able to load it directly by selecting it To load a predefined set of parameters 1 From the Preset dropdown list in the right side panel click to select the desired set of parameters 2 The parameter values corresponding to the selected preset will be loaded automatically Like gaze plots heat maps are dependent on the fixation filters settings Fixation filters are responsible for determining the num ber size and location of the fixation dots read more about fixation filters in 6 Defining fixations
93. E EE 9 3 3 Linking a project to the project IDrary wccsscssceciccsseeececsesinndecsesanecs sotennere cenennecdseenenecdiennnnecdesbannenuaeie 9 3 4 Exporting and Importing proj C iS ecnin E E RA ANEKA A EER ANNEE 9 3 5 Merging Tobit Studio projects cccseeeeeceneeeeeeeeeaeeeee A 10 3 6 Deleting and removing projects from the project library sssrrssssrrrrssnrrrrsssrrnrnnrrrrrnnrnrrnnrnnrennn 10 A Designing and Recording Tee Ste xiii cscs scsceeaaackaesce chee cca cacao aeaieie adasen reite inoia iiiaae 12 4 1 Creating and editing testS esessssesrserresessrrsrrrrrerrsrusesrnrrretrrusssnerrnerreerusessnerueereoerusssunerreereeet 12 4 1 1 Addmg media Toa Te aortoninean iane E E RE E 12 4 1 2 Media ClSiment YPES sinistia kanis hean ana anA Pa RA ENA RARE AARAA ARAA 13 4 1 3 Editingan existing tesi tinain naina eani era Ea EE aAA Eaa 24 4 1 4 Counterbalancing the presentation order of media elements ceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 25 4 1 5 Unlocking Tobii Studio Tests for editing rene ered neeneeeeeeeneeen ae 26 4 1 6 WEST Previ W acoccantaerevadetietnuatedtectiestuedseattdeecaaanMaleadcndeceniiandesaduaanedanadehaadatesseeeerand 26 4 1 7 Creating Mew tests E dels vay tere dsvas niadt Gaeadeaaidaeedae eas biked 27 4 2 Managing participants and independent variables ccseeeeeseeeeeeeeee ee esse eeeeeaaeeeeaeeeeaaeeeeaenenags 27 4 2 1 Creating participants issoria ieena NEE EEEIEE EEE etter tiene ai
94. NT esirin incana AA EEEE EEEIEE EA TAERE 110 9 4 19 Mouse Click Count zero COUNT cccccccccccceceeecccscueeecceueueeeceeuuueeseseueuaeseeesuuaeeeesuunees 111 9 4 20 Time to First Mouse Click secondS cceeeeeee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeesaaaeeeseneaes 111 9 4 21 Time to First Mouse Click Across media seconds ccccccssceeeccesseueeeeeeseuueeeeuauuueess 112 9 4 22 Time from First Fixation to Next Mouse Click S CONAS ccccccc cee ceeeeeseseeeeeeueeeaeeens 114 9 4 23 Time from First Fixation to Next Mouse Click Across media seconds 116 9 5 Copying tables and charts to the clipboard 20 00 cceeeeee eee eeeeeee eee eeeeeaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaaeeeeseaaaeeeeaaeaes 117 9 6 Table and Chatt CxXPO Mis ticsiiscecssicnnseiedeatneeaeensevavie nAn aaa AAEE sara eeacntesarea iaia 117 10 Bxporiing Dates sctsiiincsncsicincnnd anaa 119 10 1 Selecting the data set from which data is Exported cceeeeeeeneeeee eee na nett senna eeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeea 120 10 2 Selecting the data types to be included in the data export ccceeeeeceeneeeeeeeaaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeees 120 10 3 Defining the column order of the data export output file eee eee eee cece tees saa eeee ae eesaaeeeeaeeeeaaees 121 10 4 Setting the number of data export output fIIES 0 ee eee e cece et ee eect ener tees aaa eeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeea 121 10 5 Defining the data cell format of the data export output file eect eee tees e
95. OI group summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings and follows the rules described in the pre vious paragraph row settings In the AOI metric summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x the total number of AOls i e all AOls in cluded in all media elements 9 4 5 2 Brief description Duration of the first fixation on an AOI or an AOI group seconds 9 4 6 Fixation Duration seconds This metric was previously called Fixation Length in older versions of Tobii Studio and measures the duration of each individual fixation within an AOI or within all AOls belonging to an AOI group The N value used to calculate the descriptive statistics such as mean and standard deviation is based on the number of fixations read the N value description below for more details If during the recording the participant returns to the same media element the new fixations on the media will also be included in the calculations of the metric 100 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US If at the end of the recording the participant has not fixated on the AOI the Fixation Duration value will not be computed and that recording will thus not be included in the descriptive statistics calculations e g when computing averages for participant groups 9 4 6 1 N value This statistic describes the N value used to calculate other descriptive statistics su
96. Recordings exports data from entire recordings Note When exporting Tobii Glasses recordings data the fixa tion filter settings in the global settings dialog will not be applied to the data but the Raw filter will be applied e Segments exports data from segments created within the recordings separately e Media exports data collected for each recording for different media types e g images web pages movies scenes and Tobii Glasses snapshots Note When exporting Tobii Glasses snapshots data the fixation filter settings in the global settings dialog will be applied to the data For the relevant test listed click the drop down button to show the available data sources for the specific test To define the data set select the checkboxes of the relevant data sources and click Done Information given for each entry e Full Recordings Information about each recording includes participant name recording name date and time of when the recording was made and the duration of the recording e Segments Information about each segment includes participant name recording name for the recording in which the segment is created segment name date and time of when the recording in which the segment is created was made and the duration of the segment e Media Information for each entry is what type of media it is and the media element s name You can select all entries simultaneously by selecting the topmost checkbox 10 2 Selecting the data
97. Settings tab to access this function 8 Make sure that the screens have the same resolution Read the previous section for more information on how to set the screen resolution 9 Click OK or Apply to view the changes If the Display drop down list does not show the two monitor icons then Windows is not detecting the secondary mon itor Check if the cables to the monitor are plugged into the right connectors that the connection source is set cor rectly on your monitor and whether your computer s graphics card supports dual view Please read the manual for your monitor for more information This check box is unavailable when you select the monitor icon that is currently set as the primary monitor For some graphics cards you need to click Advanced on the Settings tab to access this function 10 Make sure the screens have the same resolution See the previous section for more information on how to set the screen resolution 11 Click OK or Apply to view the changes If the Display drop down list does not show the two monitor icons then Windows is not detecting the secondary mon itor Check if the cables to the monitor are plugged into the right connectors that the connection source is set cor rectly on your monitor and whether your computer s graphics card supports dual view Please read the manual for your monitor for more information Windows 7 1 Once the graphics card is installed with the card specific drivers and the two s
98. Studio Remote Viewer toolbar click the full screen button e In the View menu click Fullscreen e While the Tobii Studio Remote Viewer application window is active press F11 on the keyboard To exit full screen mode move the mouse curser to the top edge of the screen to roll down the ribbon bar and then click the full screen button or press F11 11 5 Turning on and off viewing of the User Camera display The Tobii Studio Remote Viewer is capable of receiving and displaying user video and audio The User sound will always be transmitted as long as it is enabled in the Global settings of Tobii Studio For the Tobii Studio Remote Viewer to be able to re ceive and display video from the user camera the Record User Camera setting must be enabled in the Global settings of Tobii Studio To turn on or off the User camera display in Tobii Studio Remote Viewer do one of the following e On the Tobii Studio Remote Viewer toolbar in the View drop down menu click User Camera e Inthe View menu click User Camera e While the Tobii Studio Remote Viewer application window is active press CTRL U on the keyboard 11 6 Changing the appearance of the User Camera display To move the User Camera display window User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 11 Tobii Studio Remote Viewer 135 e Drag the User Camera display window to its new position To change the size of the User Camera display window e Drag the User Camera display window cor
99. Tobii Studio menu bar Select Check for Updates If an update has been released it will be displayed in the Check For Update dialog box under Available updates to download Download the release notes by clicking the Release notes link Release notes contain important updates and comple mentary information to this user manual Please read the release notes before installing the new version of Tobii Studio Click the Download link and in the Download dialog box and then click Save file to start downloading the installation file for the new version of Tobii Studio When the download is complete browse to the folder where the installation file was downloaded and double click on the installation file Follow the on screen prompts and instructions to complete the installation Tobii Studio upgrades improve program performance and the feature set They also fix bugs resolve connection and timing issues and improve compatibility with new operating systems Check for updates on a regular basis Upgrades may have an impact on the eye tracking data If you are in the middle of performing a recording an upgrade is not recommended User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 2 Installing and Updating Tobii Studio 7 3 Managing Tobii Studio Projects Tobii Studio organizes and stores information on three hierarchical levels Projects Tests and Recordings The top most level is the Tobii Studio Project This level contains participant data
100. Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 for all relevant groups A complete list of data types with descriptions is found in section 4 10 10 3 Defining the column order of the data export output file It is possible to change the order in which data types are presented in the data export file As each selected data type results in a column in the exported file arranging the order of the data types affects the order of the columns in the exported file To define the column order of the data export output file 1 On the Output toolbar click the Column Order button to open the Column Order dialog 2 Inthe Column order dialog click and drag the data types to their new position in the list Then click Done Note You can also enter a number in the number field to define the position of the data type Click Reset Defaults to restore order to default order 10 4 Setting the number of data export output files To set the number of output files to be created i If One single file is selected all the data for each data source will be written in succession in one single file If Indi vidual files is selected separate files will be created for each data source 1 Click the One single file Individual files drop down menu 2 Inthe drop down menu select the appropriate alternative If there are a large number of participants and the recordings are long consider exporting to individual files or else th
101. Windows desktop or any program that is opened on the desktop is displayed If the Run command is not selected press F10 to move to the next element or ESC to abort the recording While the Screen Recording element is active Tobii Studio records gaze data a video of the screen content keystrokes and mouse Clicks The video is recorded in the screen s resolution 4 1 2 6 External Video The External Video media element is used to present and record video and sound from an external device Tobii Studio records the video input from these devices as a video file Please note that separate hardware is needed in order to be able to use this feature This media element cannot be combined with other elements in the timeline The External Video media element type is recommended for presenting stimuli that have complex graphics or are resource inten sive applications such as video games interactive television stimulus presentation software such as E prime and computer games played on another computer The recordings are made via e Analog video capture cards for VCR input e VGA or DVI capture cards for input from another computer or other digital sour ce e VGA to USB converter to capture VGA signal from another computer via USB should be used only with low resource graphics applications e FireWire for digital cameras e USB streaming from video or web cameras User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 4 Designing and Recording Te
102. a element When participant groups are selected as rows then the N value will be equal to the number of recordings included in the group Summary columns In the AOI media summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x the number of AOls included in a single media element In the AOI group summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings and follows the rules described in the pre vious paragraph row settings In the AOI metric summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x the total number of AOls i e all AOls in cluded in all media elements 9 4 22 2 Brief description The time from the first fixation on an AOI until the test participant left clicks with the mouse on the AOI or AOI group for the first time seconds User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics 115 9 4 23 Time from First Fixation to Next Mouse Click Across media seconds This metric measures the time from the first fixation within an active AOI or AOI group until the participant left clicks within the same active AOI or AOI group The time measurement starts when the participant fixates on the AOI for the first time and it stops when the participant clicks on the same AOI When using AOI groups the time measurement starts and stops when the partici pant fixates and clicks on any of the AOls belonging to the group If during the recording media not
103. acker To verify that the Tobii Studio computer and your Tobii Eye Tracker are correctly configured check if you are able to connect To bii Studio to the eye tracker To test the connection 1 Start Tobii Studio by clicking the icon on your desktop 2 Open an existing project or create a new project and test for details please read3 1 Creating a new project and 3 2 Opening an existing project 3 On the Design and Record tab click Setup and select Settings This will open the Global Settings dialog box 4 Select the Eye Tracker tab and click the eye tracker in the eye tracker list 5 Verify that the eye tracker is connected by checking the Status value corresponding to the eye tracker in the list 6 Click OK to close the Global Settings window For details on how to set up the Tobii Studio computer and your Tobii Eye Tracker read the Tobii Eye Trackers user manuals 2 4 Eye tracker firmware upgrade When you start Tobii Studio and connect a Tobii Eye Tracker Tobii Studio will automatically detect if the eye tracker has the lat est Tobii Eye Tracker Firmware installed If the Tobii Eye Tracker has an old version of the firmware a message window is dis played prompting you to upgrade the eye tracker firmware Click Yes if you wish to upgrade the eye tracker firmware or No if you wish to keep the current version of the firmware To upgrade the eye tracker firmware manually in Tobii Studio 6 2 Installing and Updating Tobii S
104. age files or copied to the clipboard and pasted into a document Metric Fixation Duration Rows Participant Groups Columns AOls per Media Media time Os to media end Om gt cicuiate by Mean v Show x Tite x Legend y Point Values C Set Max Value 1 Fiation Duration Duration of each individual foations within an AOI or within all AOls belonging to an AOI Group seconds Read Full Description 0 40 0 36 0 35 Updo Manual ee 2 The chart generated by the Statistics tool is a predefined bar chart where the height of each bar indicates the descriptive statis tic value for a pre chosen metric e g mean fixation duration or maximum fixation duration This value can be displayed on top of each bar by selecting display of Point Values Each bar in a chart represents an AOI AOI group or AOI summary all AOls The categories on the X axis are determined by the row settings in the Statistics toolbar User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics 93 The Y axis variable is determined by the metric setting For example when Fixation Duration is selected the unit will be in sec onds while with Fixation Count it will be in counts The title of the chart is centered just below the upper border of the chart and displays the name of the metric and descriptive sta tistic used
105. akes the algorithm behave like an I VT filter In fact the window size is fixed to 5 data points so this has the same effect as if dif had been divided by 5 and the threshold had been h x 5 for example if the Velocity Threshold is set to 35 pixels it will be equivalent to setting a threshold to 85 16 6 x 5 0 42 pix els ms on a 60 Hz eye tracker The list of peaks is then processed into fixations where the start and end points of a fixation are set by two consecutive peaks The spatial positions of the fixations are calculated by taking the median of the unfiltered data points in that interval After the lo cation of each fixation has been determined the fixation data goes through a final iteration First the Euclidean distances between all the fixations are calculated and if the distance between two consecutive fixations falls below a second user defined threshold d Distance Threshold the two fixations are merged into a single fixation The process is repeated until no fixation point is closer to each other than the threshold The fixation identification process is then complete The timestamp of the fixation is taken from the first sample included in the fixation and the duration is measured from the elapsed time between the first and last sample included in the fixation The Tobii Fixation Filter is both affected by the sample rate of the eye tracker and the image resolution since h is calculated in pixels For example a 35 pixel se
106. ally Type the IP address of the computer running the TET Server in the Host field or type 127 0 01 as the address if the TET Server is running on the same computer as Tobii Studio Type a name for the eye tracker in the Name field optional that can be used to identify the eye tracker in eye trackers list Click Add eye tracker to connect to the eye tracker and display it in the list User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 12 General Settings 141 12 2 3 Calibration Settings Read 4 3 1 Calibration settings to learn how to change the calibration settings in Tobii Studio 12 2 4 Fixation filter settings The Fixation Filters tab allows you to configure the gaze data and fixation filter calculations These settings affect how the fixation data is visualized and the eye tracking metrics calculated in Tobii Studio but do not affect the raw gaze data To recalculate the fixation data simply change the settings on the Fixation tab The gaze data received from the eye tracker consists of gaze point coordinates distance to the eye tracker pupil size etc for the left and right eyes The accuracy of the human eye is not identical in both eyes One of the eyes is usually more dominant and more accurate than the other In some cases the difference between the two eyes is so great that it will affect the accuracy of the analysis If so it is best to use the data from the dominant eye and discard the data from the other On the Fixation Fil
107. am Data Tobii Studio InfantCalibration Infant calibration is an interactive calibration mode where an operator uses the keyboard to control the calibration procedure To show the calibration animation selected in the Global Settings dialog box press the RIGHT ARROW key during the calibra tion When the participant is watching the animation press the RIGHT ARROW key again to start collecting calibration data It is assumed that the participant will focus on the center of the calibration animation When enough data points are collected the calibration will move on to the next calibration point The operator can again press the RIGHT ARROW key to start collecting da ta This is repeated until all calibration points have been displayed The following keys are used to control the Infant calibration procedure e RIGHTARROW Displays the calibration AVI at the next calibration point If the calibration AVI is already visible a calibra tion is made at that point before proceeding to the next e LEFT ARROW Pause Hides the calibration AVI or the full screen attention grabbing AVI e UPARROW Displays the attention grabbing AVI 4 3 2 Making recordings Place the participant in front of the eye tracker and make sure that he or she is sitting comfortably at the correct distance from the eye tracker The distance depends on the hardware used 64 cm is valid for the Tobii T Series Eye Trackers read the T Ser ies Eye Tracker user manuals for more info
108. ame media element If participant groups are selected as rows then the N value will be equal to the number of recordings included in the group Summary columns User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics 95 In the AOI media summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x the number of AOls included in a single media element In the AOI group summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings and follows the rules described in the pre vious paragraph row settings In the AOI metric summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x the total number of AOls i e all AOls in cluded in all media elements Time to First Fixation TFF Measured in seconds Fixations on media size indicates duration 4 2 000 G yj TFF on AOI G in Media 2 S TFF on AOI A in Media 1 9 4 2 2 Brief description The time from the start of the media display until the test participant fixates on the AOI or AOI group for the first time seconds 9 4 2 3 Aligning the metric starting time with the AOls active starting point in time To start counting at the same time an AOI becomes active 1 Inthe Areas of Interest tab move the Time indicator slider to the key frame where the AOI becomes active 2 Note the current time displayed above the video controls 3 Inthe Statistics tab on the toolbar click the Media time
109. amp scene SceneSegmentDuration Duration of each segment belonging to a Milliseconds 10 10 5 Timestamp data This group of data types provides timestamps for sampled data and events User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 10 Exporting Data 127 Timestamp data Description Format RecordingTimestamp Timestamp counted from the start of the recording t0 0 This timestamp is based on the internal computer clock of the computer running Tobii Studio This clock is regularly synchron ized with the eye tracker clock in order to ensure that the time stamps of the gaze data is accurate in relation to other events such as when media is shown or participant generated events such as mouse Clicks Milliseconds LocalTime Recording computer local date time value timestamp This provides the timestamp from the internal clock of the com puter running Tobii Studio in the data format Hour Minutes Seconds Milliseconds EyeTracker Timestamp Timestamp obtained from the eye tracker firmware TET server clock The source of this timestamp is the internal clock in the eye tracker hardware This timestamp shows the time when a specif ic gaze data sample was sampled by the eye tracker The value should be interpreted as a value counted in microseconds from some unknown point in time Microseconds 10 10 6 Recording Event Data This group of data types provides data describing ev
110. and Recommendations download the system recommendations document from www tobii com User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 13 Tobii Studio media limitations 145 14 Appendixes 14 1 Appendix A Tobii Studio critical timing information Tobii Studio computing operations are subject to the operating system allocation of memory and processor resources As a con sequence time offsets may occur when recording an eye tracking session These offsets may vary according to the eye tracker display hardware the type of computer used in the test laptop vs desktop processor speed RAM graphics card the video capture devices capture cards and cameras third party software installed and running on the computer and the type of stimuli and stimuli format used in the test image video codecs Tobii Eye Trackers hardware display timing information TFT screen amp controller Eye Tracker Native resolution pixels Controller refresh rate Hz TFT Response time ms 1750 1280x1024 60 75 5 25 T120 amp T60 1280x1024 60 75 5 16 T60XL 1920x1200 60 16 These values represent typical values for a full transition of a pixel from black white black Test results for the offset of the start time of the stimulus display display connector graphics card and type of computer Dell Precision T5400 desktop M6300 and M6400 laptop Stimulus Display Card C
111. and click OK 3 The participants are displayed in the participants list and are automatically named Pn x1 to Pn where n is the total num ber of participants and x is the number you generated You can add up to 500 participants at a time with this feature To edit an existing participant 1 Inthe participants list double click a participant or click the participant and then click Edit 2 You can change the participant name or the independent variable values in the Edit Existing Participant dialog box 3 Click OK to accept the changes 4 2 2 Creating independent variables Participant independent variables and values can be generated in two different ways in Tobii Studio e You can directly create the variable name and values in the Manage Participants dialog box e You can add a Questionnaire media element to the test and let the participant select the values In the latter case the variable name entered in the Question Setup is the variable and the possible answers are the values of which the participant can only select one for each question To add a new independent variable using the Manage Participants dialog box 1 From the Tools menu choose Participants gt Manage Participants The Manage Participant window opens Click the Independent Variables tab Click New In the Add New Participant Variable dialog box type the variable name e g gender in the Variable Name field Click an empty row in the Values list until you see
112. and time when the recording was made e Duration The duration of the recording in seconds e Color The color used to identify the recording on the timeline in the visualizations under the Visualization tab can be changed in the recordings list by clicking the color e Samples The percent is calculated by dividing the number of eye tracking samples that were correctly identified by the number of attempts 100 means that both eyes were found throughout the recording 50 means that one eye was found for the full recording or both eyes during half the time Note that the eyes cannot be found when a person is looking away from the screen this will result in a lower percentage If the test is performed so that the participant is asked ques tions during the recording and occasionally looks at a test leader an alternative method for determining the quality of the recording should be considered e Participant The name of the test participant alae Changing the timeline scale detail and playback speed The timeline can be rescaled to show shorter time intervals This can be useful when creating segments from a long recording or when it is important to be able to advance the replay slowly It is also useful for separating events that happened close in time Zoom in and out on the timeline by moving the pointer to the edge of the scroll bar which is located just below the replay time line When the pointer becomes a double headed arrow read the figure b
113. ani aA A Aaa 98 9 4 5 First Fixation Duration SecondS ssssssrisssrrerrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrsrrusrrusrrrnnrrnnrrnnrinarunnnreeneenn 99 9 4 6 Fixation DuratiOn SCCONGSviiiccccstsederarediauewtdvad siennrebeed sanecduteecee eantavaracdacereaaadaaeneias 100 9 4 7 Total Fixation Duration SCCONS cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeee tenes eae eeee ae ee eaaeeeeaeeeeaaeeeeaaeeeaaaes 102 9 4 8 Total Fixation Duration zeros SCCONS cccccsceececccseeeececessueeceeusuueueeeuauueeseesaneueses 103 9 4 9 Fixation Count COUN sirsa rni aiaa a Eaa 103 9 4 10 Fixation Count zeros COUNT ccccccccecccccceeeuececssueeecceuseeeeueessueeueceuuueeseeuuuueeneesuueees 104 9 4 11 Visit D ration SCCONGS i secaccsatvescnatadeecsianndices sasteteanss derendeans daneaandeceastensdseneaude tes 104 9 4 12 Total Visit Duration SCCONAS ccceeeeeseceeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeaneeeneeeeees 105 9 4 13 Total Visit Duration zeros SCCONS ccccceeccceccesseeeecccseueueceesuueececeueueeseeueuueeseesuneees 106 9 414 Visit COUNT COUNT x ste sccascccsiscevk dese caryecgneesnpec NEETER ERATES T ERAEN 107 9 4 15 Visit Count zero COUNT cecccecccccccccceeeccccecueeccessuuuecceueueueceeueueeseseuuuaeseeusuueeueasunaees 108 94 16 Percentage Fixdted 0 cci s icihcntiicereis ated ieni a EEE AAEE 108 9 4 17 Percentage Clicked s sssessessssssrrrrresreusssrrrrerrrenruessrnsrneereoeussssrerreereeeresesreernene 109 9 4 18 Mouse Click Count COU
114. anual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics 89 93 1 1 Metric The Metric drop down list contains eye and mouse tracking metrics that can be calculated for each AOI or AOI group The metric you choose for the analysis will depend on the type of research question you wish to answer For a detailed description of each metric read 9 4 Eye tracking metric definitions To select one or more metrics 1 Click the Metric drop down list 2 Select a metric by checking clearing the metric s check box 3 Click anywhere outside the list to close the list Tip Place the mouse over the metric to view a brief description 9 3 1 2 Rows Use the Rows drop down option box to choose how the rows in the table are displayed as well as the X axis of the charts The rows can be set to Summary only Recordings Participants or Participant Groups Rows 4 Summary only Recordings Participants Participant Groups X F Show Summary Row options e Summary only Displays only the row table or bar chart that contains the values that globally summarize the data from the selected recordings and AOls e Recordings Each row represents a recording e Participants Each row represents a participant If the participant has two different recordings the results will be com bined into a single row e Participant Groups Each row represents a participant group To select the Rows option
115. arated values file tsv or in a Microsoft Excel file xls and follows the Uni code standard The data export output file s can easily be imported into other software such as SPSS or Matlab When import ing into such software be sure to import through the software file menu dialog do not drag and drop Note The xlsx format only allows for 1 048 576 rows in an exported file Exports from recordings containing more samples than this will result in files not containing data from the complete recording Another aspect of using the xlsx format is that the export will take roughly 10 times longer than if it is done using the tsv format To open the Tobii Studio Data Export tool click the Data Export tab ses Demo Proj mo Pr File View Tools ForSight Help Design and Record Replay Visualizations Areas of Interest P R Select Data Set Export Data Load Settings Save Settings Data to export Output Onesinglefie Enter file nome Options Cell format Column Order Select columns for the data export General data Contains data about export data studio version project and test name participant characteristics recording information and current fixation filter 11 of 11 selected Media data 5 of 5 selected Contains data about media name position and size Segment and scene data 8 of 8 selected Contains data about segments and scenes Timestamp data 3 of 3 selected 7 Contains d
116. articipants do not see anything while blinking or looking away anyway The Tobii Studio user can control the limit of how large the gaps of data are that should be filled in by setting the parameter Max gap length The default value of Max gap length is 75 ms which is between the two data loss scenarios just mentioned above According to Komogortsev et al 2010 minimum blink duration is 75 ms Data is filled in in the data gap through linear interpolation Data points are added along a straight line between neighboring valid data points Interpolation is done for each eye separately Komogortsev et Al 2010 Standardization of Automated Analyses of Oculomotor Fixation and Saccadic Behaviors IEEE Trans actions on Biomedical Engineering vol 57 11 pp 2635 2645 6 12 Noise reduction Bilal MovingAverage Not default for l VT All measurement systems including eye trackers experience noise Noise can come from imperfections in the system setup as well as from influences and interferences from the environment in which the measurement takes place In eye tracking research where the fixation is the eye movement of interest other minor eye movements such as tremor and microsaccades Yarbus 1967 can also be seen as noise In the most basic form I VT filters calculate the velocity by multiplying the change in position between two consecutive sample points with the sampling frequency If the sampling frequency is low the eye will h
117. as follows Row settings When recordings are selected as table rows the N value will always be equal to 1 User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics 103 If participants are selected as table rows the N value will be equal to the number of recordings that participant has made with the same media element If participant groups are selected as rows then the N value will be equal to the number of recordings included in the group Summary columns In the AOI media summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x the number of AOls included in a single media element In the AOI group summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings and follows the rules described in the pre vious paragraph row settings In the AOI metric summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x total number of AOls i e all AOls in cluded in all media elements 9 4 9 2 Brief description Number of times the participant fixates on an AOI or an AOI group count 9 4 10 Fixation Count zeros count This metric is calculated in the same way as Fixation Count with the exception that if at the end of the recording the participant has not fixated on the AOI the Fixation Count value will be registered as zero and the recording will be included in the descriptive statistics calculations e g when computing N and means 9 4 10 1 Brief description
118. as the same layout as the Fixation filter dialog in Tobii Studio The startup parame ter values in VelocityChart fixation filter dialog have been retrieved from the same parameters set in Tobii Studio 3 In the Fixation filter dialog box select Raw Data I VT Fixation filter in the Fixation filter drop down menu To zoom in to a representative part of the recording 1 In VelocityChart create a zoom window with the mouse by pressing the left mouse button while dragging the mouse along the timeline and then releasing the mouse button 2 Adjust the zoom window by dragging the scroll box in the horizontal scroll bar To adjust the parameters in VelocityChart fixation dialog box 1 In VelocityChart Fixation filter dialog box adjust the parameters to obtain suitable data processing Finding the best pa rameters values to fit all recordings while still preserving fine grained eye tracking data is a complicated task that requires training and experience The default values have been set to work in most cases These release notes will not cover the methods of evaluating different parameter settings 2 Click Apply to apply the changes in VelocityChart Fixation filter parameters in VelocityChart do not affect fixation filter pa rameters in Tobii Studio To apply VelocityChart s Raw Data I VT Fixation filter parameters values in Tobii studio 1 In VelocityChart s Fixation Filter settings dialog click Save filter config The Save fixation filt
119. at 5 fps This limitation does not influence the screen capture frame rate of the screen re cording or local Remote Viewer If the user camera is enabled the recommended settings are 320x240 at 15 fps for the camera Enabling remote viewing will force a change of the video codec for the user camera to Microsoft video 1 11 3 Starting the Tobii Studio Remote Viewer To start a remote viewing session 1 Locate and start the Tobii Studio Remote Viewer application 2 Make sure Tobii Studio is running on the recording computer and that Remote Viewing is enabled 3 Inthe Tobii Studio Remote Viewer application enter the IP address of the recording computer in the IP address text field and click Connect i The Tobii Studio Remote Viewer remembers the last 5 IP numbers and presents them in the IP address drop down list text field 134 11 Tobii Studio Remote Viewer User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US Tip To find the IP address of the recording computer using the command prompt 1 On the recording computer click the Windows Start button select Run You can also press Win R to open Run 2 Type CMD and press Enter 3 A Command prompt window will open Type ipconfig and press Enter 4 Several lines of information will be displayed The IP address is on a line where it says IPv4 Address and looks like 149 72 61 234 For Windows 7 without using the command prompt 1 Inthe system tray click the net
120. ata about the time stamps available for export Select the data set for the export R ding t dat 14 of 14 selected KJ _ Select Data Set Contains data about events recorded during a recording such as mouse dicks key presses studio events and external events Gaze event data and AOI activity information Contains data about gaze event data such as fixations and saccades as well as about AOI activity information 7 of 7 selected Gaze tracking data Contains the raw gaze point of each data sample expressed in pixels or millimeters for each eye individually or as an average 15 of 15 selected tracking data and validity codes oe ed uid 16 of 16 selected Contains data such as eye position pupil size and validity codes The Data Export tool has 4 main areas e Data export toolbar This is where you find the following tools Select Data Set allows you to select the type of export you want to perform You can choose to export Full Record ings Segments or Media Export Data click this to perform the export after selecting the data to be exported Load Settings allows you to load an existing set of data to be exported Save Settings allows you to save the currently selected set of data so that you can load it at a later point in time e Data to export pane This is where you can select and view the data set for the data export after you have previously se lected the da
121. ated visualizations Each of the Visualization types Gaze Plot Heat Map or Clusters is a dynamic representation of the gathered data for the se lected recordings on top of a selected media and can be replayed by simply clicking the Play button on the timeline Several recording sessions from multiple test participants can be summarized in a single gaze data visualization helping to draw conclusions and new hypotheses from the behavior of a group of participants Effective tools for multi person analysis with an option to further filter the participants of a group into categories and also the option of selecting groups of segments created out of multiple recordings for further analysis Visualizations also help to illustrate and communicate your results in research papers reports and customer or conference presentations Some visualizations are only available if you have purchased a specific Tobii Studio version Please read the 1 Introduction of this manual to see which visualizations are included in your Tobii Studio license If you wish to activate a visualization tool you will need to upgrade to a license of Tobii Studio that includes the tool Design and Record Replay Visualizations Areas of Interest Statistics Data Export Socata Fae ScreenRec P20 ScreenRec P20 Rec 20RTA ScreenRec P23 Rec23 ScreenRec P23 Rec 23 Boas miin Preset Default Draw Qus SoreenRec P23 Rec23 FES 2147483648 ScreenRec P23 Rec23 m siiis ScreenRec
122. ave time to do quite large shifts of direction between two samples which makes it easy for the eye tracker to distinguish between real eye movements and noise The higher the sampling frequency is the smaller the eye movement will be between two consecutive samples at a given eye velocity Noise will therefore have a greater impact in a high frequency system even though it has the same magnitude as in a low frequency system The Noise reduction moving average function is a symmetric moving average filter It produces output data by creating an arith metic mean of a number of data points from the input data The number of input data points used to produce each output point is controlled by the Window size parameter Each produced output data point is given the timestamp of the input data point that was in the center of the window the input median point the window size parameter must be an odd number The window size is dynamically adjusted so that the window never stretches outside the valid data series The default value of the Window size parameter is 3 samples which is the lowest possible value having an effect on the data Al ways use the VelocityChart application to examine the noise reduction effects while applying and adjusting the parameters in the Noise reduction function User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 6 Defining fixations 51 Yarbus L 1967 Eye Movements and Vision Translated from the Russian edition Moscow 1965
123. ayed in the Scenes pane together with the respective recording coverage information indicated by a gray box Cop ge age Slide2_ Text JPG Eilses e c Ins P He Hore orgon maaan a sce TCI LUI a n fa Rename F2 Delete o amp m Scenes Set new Scene Image Copy content to all Recordings C eee eet K m gt Segments Scenes Settings Recording Rec 01 length 00 01 47 791 participant P01 6 Open the Scene context menu by clicking the arrow next to the default scene name 7 Select Rename to change the name of the scene 8 Delete the default name and type the new one This step is important for later identifying the scene in the media list of the Visualization tab and in the media browser on the Statistics tab User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 5 Replaying and Editing Recordings 43 When a scene is created the scene will be copied to the remaining test recordings without the recording coverage in formation If you wish to add the coverage information to that scene you need to either select the interval manually se lect the interval in the timeline then right click the selection select Add selection to scene and then select the scene you want to use or if you are creating scenes for a movie element open the Scene context menu and select Copy content to all Recordings You can also create an empty Scene by right clicking in the Scene pane and selecting Create new
124. ble click its name and enter a new name 5 To change the AOI group indicator color click the colored rectangle next to the AOI group name pick a new color and click OK 6 To add the selected AOls to the created AOI group tick the AOI group check box and click OK To add AOls to one or several AOI groups 1 Select the AOls that you would like to add to one or several AOI groups 2 On the toolbar click AOI Groups the AOI groups dialog opens 3 To add the selected AOls to an AOI group select the AOI group check box and click OK i You can select several groups If multiple AOls belonging to different groups are selected the AOI groups will show as an indicator that not all se lected AOls belong to the AOI group To remove an AOI from an AOI group 1 Select the AOI that you would like to remove from the group 82 8 Creating and Managing Areas of Interest User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 2 On the toolbar click AOI groups to open the AOI groups dialog 3 Inthe AOI groups dialog untick the check box of the AOI group that you no longer want the selected AOI to be assigned to To delete an AOI group 1 Select any AOI The AOI groups dialog is only accessible if you have selected an AOI 2 On the toolbar click AOI groups to open the AOI groups dialog 3 Inthe AOI groups dialog select the AOI group that you want to delete by clicking its name and not the check box You can select multiple
125. ble when the media type is dynamic 8 5 Changing the size of an existing AOI Whenever you change the size of an AOI it will either change an existing Keyframe or create a new Keyframe if the shape that is resized is in between Keyframes To change the size of an existing AOI 78 8 Creating and Managing Areas of Interest User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US Make sure the AOI you want to resize is visible if not read section Showing Hiding AOIs On the toolbar select the Select Move AOI s tool Click the AOI that you want to resize The AOI then lights up and has a rectangle around it with sizing handles in the corners To increase or decrease the size drag a sizing handle To maintain the object s proportions press and hold SHIFT while you drag the sizing handle The size of a selected AOI can be adjusted manually entering numbers in property fields on the AOI property bar 8 6 Moving an existing AOI Whenever you move an existing AOI it will either change an existing Keyframe or create a new Keyframe if the shape that is moved is in between Keyframes 1 2 3 4 Make sure the AOI you want to move is visible if not read section Showing Hiding AOIs On the toolbar select the Select Move AO s tool Click the AOI that you want to move The AOI then lights up and has a rectangle around it Drag the AOI to its new location Note To constrain an AOI so that it moves only horizontally or vertically pr
126. calculate de scriptive statistics is based on the number of recordings read the N value description below for more details Total Visit Duration is defined as the sum of visit durations of an active AOI or AOI group An individual visit is defined as the time interval between the first fixation on the active AOI and the end of the last fixation within the same active AOI where there have been no fixations outside the AOI For AOI groups an individual visit is defined as the time interval between the first fixation on any active AOI be longing to the group and the end of the last fixation within on any active AOI within the AOI group where there have been no fixa tions outside the active AOls of the AOI group Note Cut off fixations as described in the introduction of section O will affect descriptive statistics for this metric There are no limitations on how short these cut off fixations can be to still be included in the calculations of a metric If at the end of the recording the participant has not fixated on the AOI the Total Visit Duration value will not be computed and the recording will not be included in the descriptive statistics calculations e g when computing N User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics 105 Total Visit Duration Former Observation Length Measured in seconds Fixations on media size indicates duration eo o9O V O WOOD Media 2 v
127. cense key machine ID and organization information in the designated fields on the page and click Activate e Send an e mail to support tobii com The e mail should contain the company name license key and machine ID eye tracker ID all this information is provided in the pop up mentioned at step 4 e Call Tobii support at one of the phone numbers shown in the manual activation window 6 An activation code is obtained from the web page or from support 7 Enter the activation code in the Enter Manual Activation Code field If successful the following message should appear Thank you for activating Tobii Studio You may now start using it 8 Click OK to start using Tobii Studio If the activation is not successful an error message will be shown Contact support and provide them with the information shown in the error message 299 License deactivation Tobii Studio s license key policy also allows single license keys to be deactivated and reactivated more than once allowing you to install Tobii Studio on multiple computers and then switch between the computers In case you have purchased multiple user licenses each license key can only be activated on one computer or for one user account at a time To deactivate the Tobii Studio license key 1 Connect the computer to the Internet 2 Start Tobii Studio User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 2 Installing and Updating Tobii Studio 5 3 Create a new project
128. ch as the mean and standard deviation In the current metric it represents the number of fixations and is calculated as follows Row settings When recordings are selected as table rows N is equal to the total number of fixations on an AOI If participants are selected as table rows N is equal to the total number of fixations a participant has made on the AOI If the par ticipant has made more than 1 recording with the same media element N will be equal to the sum of the number of fixations from all the recordings If participant groups are selected as rows then N will be equal to the sum of the number of fixations of all the recordings included in the group Summary columns In the AOI media summary column the N value represents the total number of fixations on all AOls included in a single media element In the AOI group summary column the N value represents the sum of the fixations on all the AOls belonging to the same AOI group and follows the rules described in the previous paragraph for recordings participants and participant groups In the AOI metric summary column the N value represents the total number of fixations on all AOls included in all media elements Fixation Duration Measured in seconds 13 14 ep 12 A018 ED Fixations on media size indicates duration Q200 00 CO 00 WOQSE amp E e g duration fixation 6 duration 7 duration fixation 14 total number of fixations on AOI B
129. ch produced output data point is given the timestamp of the input data point that was in the center of the window the median point of the input window the window size parameter must be an odd number In cases where the window is not entirely filled with input data points no output data will be produced The window may be short of data points due to the fact that the window stretches outside a data series with valid gaze or small fractions of data points are missing within the window Typically the window stretches outside a valid data series at the beginning and end of a blink or at the beginning and end of a recording Loss of small fractions of data can occur as a result of temporary reflections occlusions etc and can partly be solved by using the Gap fill in function 6 1 1 Gap fill in interpolation Default for I VT 6 1 3 Velocity calculator Mandatory for I VT The Velocity calculator function assigns an angular velocity visual degrees second to each gaze data point Angular velocity re fers to the angular velocity of the eyes relative to the stimuli rather than relative to the eyeballs The velocity calculator is manda tory in the I VT fixation filter since the I VT fixation classifier operates on angular velocity The Velocity calculator function estimates the eyes angular velocity for each data point by dividing the angular difference be tween a preceding and a subsequent data point with the time interval between them The ti
130. communicate with each other over a LAN network The Tobii Studio Remote Viewer installation file can be found on the Tobii Studio DVD or downloaded from the Tobii Updates Server http studiohelp tobii org Updates i Tobii Studio Remote Viewer might not be supported by your Tobii Studio depending on the license type that you own Please see the 1 Introductionfor a list of the features supported by each Tobii Studio license type To download and install the installation file 1 Visit http studiohelp tobii org Updates andenter your Enterprise license key in the field and click Login 2 Click the Remote Viewer download link to download the installation file 3 Once downloaded run the executable file and follow the on screen instructions 11 2 Enabling remote viewing from Tobii Studio For the Tobii Studio Remote Viewer to be granted connection to the recording computer remote viewing must be enabled in the Tobii Studio software To enable remote viewing e In the Design and Record tab at the bottom right click the Remote Live Viewing slider to change its status to ON The screen update rate in the Remote Viewer is dependant of the sizes and frame rates of the screen and user camera in the Tobii Studio If the estimated bandwidth transmitting screen and user camera exceeds 210 Mbit s Remote Viewer screen update rate will be set to one frame per second The upper limit is set to allow data transfer for a screen resolution of 1920x1200
131. containing the AOI is viewed between the first fixation on the AOI and the mouse click in the AOI Time from First Fixation to Next Mouse Click Across media will be the sum of all recorded media time until the participant clicked the active AOI Recording time for media not containing the AOI is included in the calculations The activation state active inactive of the AOI does not affect the counting starting point Even if the AOI is inactive time will be started and measured If at the end of the recording the participant has not fixated and clicked on the AOI the Time from First Fixation to First Mouse Click value will not be computed and that recording will thus not be included in the descriptive statistics calculations e g when computing N Gi When browsing a website or PDF document each visited web URL and PDF page will become a unique media element 1 If the Web Groups tool is used to group two or more URLs the group and not the URL will become a unique media element 9 4 23 1 N value This statistic describes the N value used to calculate other descriptive statistics such as the mean and standard deviation In the current metric it represents the number of recordings and is calculated as follows Row settings When recordings are selected as table rows the N value will always be equal to 1 If participants are selected as table rows the N value will be equal to the number of recordings that participant has made with
132. creating a selection window over the vertices and then moving them as a group User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 8 Creating and Managing Areas of Interest 77 8 3 Changing the time interval in which an AOI collects data the Activation state of an AOI AOls can be active or inactive throughout different parts of the timeline During active intervals the AOI will collect eye gaze da ta During inactive intervals the AOI will not collect eye gaze data The appearance of the timeline indicates the activation state of a selected AOI A dotted line indicates that the AOI data collection is deactivated and a solid line indicates that the AOI data collection is activated When replaying dynamic media the inactive AOls will be hidden during the replay even if the visibility state is set to visible To change the time interval in which an AOI is active inactive collects data or not 1 Inthe Areas of Interest pane select the appropriate AOI 2 Drag the time indicator slider to the point in time where you want to change the AOI activation state If the time indicator slider is placed in between two Keyframes when you change the activation state a new Keyframe will be created If you place the time indicator slider on top of a Keyframe the Keyframe will be edited To move between Keyframes use the Next Previous Keyframe buttons next to the media replay control buttons 3 Change the state of the AOI Activation by selecting or desel
133. creens are connected to the computer open the Windows Start menu and select Control Panel 2 Inthe Control Panel find the Appearance and Personalization category and click Adjust screen resolution 3 The Change the appearance of your display dialog box displays the information on how many monitors you have con nected to the computer and which screen is set as the primary Display 1 and which is set as the secondary Display 2 4 Click the Multiple displays drop down list select Extend these displays and then click OK If the option Multiple displays is not shown in the dialog box Windows is not detecting the secondary monitor Try clicking Detect to automatically detect the monitor If Windows still cannot find the monitor then check if the cables to the monitor are plugged into the right connectors and that the connection source is set correctly Read your monitor manual for more information 5 To set the eye tracker screen as the primary monitor select the eye tracker monitor in the Display list and then select the Make this my main display check box 6 Make sure that the screens have the same resolution Read the previous section for more information on how to set the screen resolution 12 2 Tobii Studio Global Settings dialog box The Global Settings dialog box contains important settings that affect data recording and analysis across all Tobii Studio proj ects Consequently if you change the settings for one project these
134. d these components are automatically installed by the Tobii Studio installer Tobii Studio is compatible with Windows XP and 7 32 and 64 bit versions 2i Install the driver for the eye tracker built in user camera If the eye tracker has a built in user camera Tobii T Series Eye Trackers and its serial number is equal to or lower than TTXXX 204 XXXXXXXX you need to manually install the user camera driver This driver is not compatible with Windows 64 bit versions 2 2 Installing Tobii Studio To install Tobii Studio you need the Tobii Studio CD and a softwarelicense key The license key is used to activate Tobii Studio after it is installed on the computer Tobii offers single user and multiple user licenses A single user license includes a key for each copy purchased A multi user license includes one key with entitlement to install the software on multiple workstations or for multiple users on the same workstation License activation can be conducted when first running Tobii Studio or up to 5 days later if you are not able to connect to the In ternet during the installation The Tobii Studio license key is located inside the Tobii Studio CD cover Use manual activation if you have problems activating your license or do not have an Internet connection To install Tobii Studio 1 Insert the Tobii Studio CD in your computer 2 Open the Tobii Studio CD folder 3 Double click TobiiStudio_installer_ exe represents the Tobii S
135. d in Tobii Studio are based on two basic events fixations and mouse clicks In order to calculate the eye movement metrics you first have to define Areas of Interest AOls in your media The different metrics are then calculated in relation to these AOls e g Fixation Count on AOI A will be calculated as the number of fixations located inside the AOI A The calculation of the metrics based on fixations is affected by the fixation filters settings By changing the settings or the type of the fixation filter you change the way a single fixation is defined i e how many individual gaze points a fixation will be composed of and as a consequence both count and duration values change 94 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 9 4 1 Descriptive statistics Descriptive statistics are used to present the data values calculated by each eye tracking metric The meaning and value of the descriptive statistics vary with the column row and metric options Refer to the metrics descriptions in the following sections to interpret the descriptive statistics values Descriptive Definition Statistic N Number of data values or sample size used to calculate the Mean and Stdev number of recordings fixations visits or participants Mean Describes the central tendency of a set of data values It is calculated by summing all the data values and dividing by N number of data value
136. data point TimeStampMilliSec Absolute timestamp in server time This timestamp is not synchronized with the lo ms cal time and should only be used to relate one gaze data point to another in time 152 14 Appendixes User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US Column name Description Unit ScreenX X coordinate for the processed data point mapped to the media coordinate sys mm tem where the origin for the coordinate system is the lower left corner of the track ing plane ScreenY Y coordinate for the processed data point mapped to the media coordinate sys mm tem where the origin for the coordinate system is the lower left corner of the track ing plane Velocity Estimated velocity of data points measured in degrees second degrees second FixationX X coordinate for classified fixation point mapped to the media coordinate system mm where the origin for the coordinate system is the lower left corner of the tracking plane FixationY Y coordinate for classified fixation point mapped to the media coordinate system mm where the origin for the coordinate system is the lower left corner of the tracking plane IsFixation Data field showing 1 where a data point has been classified fixation User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 14 Appendixes 153 tobii o e Bonjour the Bonjour logo and the Bonjour symbol are trademarks of Apple Computer Inc
137. data types provides information about the media that is displayed to the participant It includes media name posi tion and resolution Media data Description Format Reference system MediaName Name of the media stimuli element from the Tobii Studio test timeline MediaPosX ADCSpx Horizontal coordinate of the left edge of the Pixels ADCSpx eye tracked media MediaPosY Vertical coordinate of the top edge of the eye Pixels ADCSpx tracked media MediaWidth Horizontal size of the eye tracked media Pixels MediaHeight Vertical size of the eye tracked media Pixels 10 10 4 Segment and scene data This group of data types provides information about the segments and scenes created in the Tobii Studio project These data types only provide data if the data set was defined by choosing segments or scenes specifically scene Segment and scene data Description Format Reference system SegmentName Name of segment Milliseconds SegmentStart Start time for segment Milliseconds RecordingTlmestamp SegmentEnd End time for segment Milliseconds RecordingTimestamp SegmentDuration Duration of segment Milliseconds SceneName Name of the Scene selected for export in the Select Media for Export option SceneSegmentStart Start time for each segment belonging to a Milliseconds RecordingTimestamp scene SceneSegmentEnd End time for each segment belongingtoa_ Milliseconds RecordingTimest
138. deo tracks by repeating some frames to the full duration of the playback that is stored in the database As long as the video device doesn t drop frames during the replay this approach works very well ASF Advanced Systems Format formerly Advanced Streaming Format or Active Streaming Format is Microsoft s proprietary digital audio digital video container format especially intended for streaming media ASF is part of the Windows Media frame work and contains a timestamp for each media frame facilitating media synchronization even in situations when frames have been dropped during recording In this case synchronization will still be maintained as good as possible by trying to match each frame timestamp with the data timestamp The frames that are dropped are replaced by the previous frame during playback of the recording The video data block contains video and audio and can be encoded using different codecs A codec is software or a device ca pable of encoding and decoding video data In Tobii Studio this process is accomplished using Microsoft Windows media framework DirectShow DirectShow is a multimedia framework and API programming interface responsible for performing User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 4 Designing and Recording Tests 15 various operations with media files or streams in a Windows environment such as encoding or decoding some common media file formats Microsoft Video 1 and MP3 are standard codecs instal
139. described in the figure below lt Width gt Width x 1 25 gt 9 i lt __Heig ht Height x 1 25 gt Calibration grid SE E Virtual screen 25 larger i All values in the X Series Configuration Tool must be measured and added correctly to ensure data accuracy see the Tobii X Series Eye Tracker User Manual for more information To access the X Series Eye Trackers Configuration Tool in Tobii Studio 1 Click the Tools menu and select Settings 2 Inthe Global Settings dialog box click the Eye Tracker tab select the eye tracker from the list and click the X Config Tool button To compensate for the scene camera perspective 1 Use the Preview image to adjust the camera s position so that it shows an image of the surface and the calibration grid you want to eye track and then secure the camera to avoid any accidental shift in position 2 Place the calibration grid on the object s surface 20 4 Designing and Recording Tests User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US calibration plane ive camera perspec 3 Inthe Perspective Calibration section click New A snapshot of the camera video feed is shown in the Calibration Image box along with a polygon with five calibration points Scene Camera Setup This element records everything that is received from an extemal video source until it is manually stopped It allows perspective B mapping of gaze data Bement Name
140. ds when continuous viewing of the media was interrupted An interruption can take place when for example the eye tracker loses track of the eyes e g the participant looked away from the screen or when the participant leaves and returns to the same media element after viewing another media element in between 4 Choose the Fill Color e Recording Colors the gaze plots will have the color of the recording that they belong to e Same Color all the gaze plots will be of the same color that you can choose by clicking on the color square next to the dropdown list 5 Check uncheck the Gaze Order checkbox to display hide the fixation order number of the fixation dots 6 Check uncheck the Gaze Trail checkbox to display hide 7 Drag the Opacity slider to change the fixation dot opacity You can save a custom configuration of all the settings described above in order to use it at a later time without having to set each parameter manually again To save the customized settings 1 Select the parameter values as desired according to the steps described above 2 Inthe right side panel from the Preset dropdown list slect Save New Preset A dialog opens 3 Type in the name for the new set of customized settings and click Save You will be able to see the new name under the Preset dropdown list and you will be able to load it directly by selecting it To load a predefined set of parameters 1 From the Preset dropdown list in the right s
141. dual screen computer setup to find out more on how you can configure your system to sup port a dual screen setup To check if the user camera and user sound are enabled disabled 1 Click the Setup icon on the Design and Record header and select Settings 2 Under the Screen and Video Capture tab select the Record user camera and Record user sound check boxes read 12 2 1 Screen and video capture settings for details on how to set the user camera and sound Click the Preview Test icon to verify that the media is presented correctly read 4 1 6 Test preview to learn how to preview a Tobii Studio test Make sure that you have the correct calibration settings read the section below 4 3 1 Calibration settings Before an eye tracking recording is started the user is taken through the calibration procedure During this procedure the eye tracker measures characteristics of the user s eyes and uses them together with an internal physiological 3D eye model to cal culate gaze data This model includes information about shapes light refraction and reflection properties of the different parts of the eyes e g cornea and placement of the fovea During calibration the user is asked to look at specific points on the screen also known as calibration dots while several images of the eyes are collected and analyzed The resulting information is then inte grated with the eye model and the gaze point for each image sample is calculated The defau
142. e output data file may be too large to handle for the software in which you are importing it 10 5 Defining the data cell format of the data export output file In order to provide maximum flexibility in terms of what software the exported data can be imported into it is possible to specify what characters should be used as a decimal point separator and to symbolize that no data is available To define the data cell format of the data export output file 1 On the Output toolbar click the Cell format button to open the Dell format dialog 2 Inthe Cell format dialog in the Decimal Point field enter a character to be used as decimal point 3 Inthe Cell format dialog in the No Value field enter a character to symbolize no data available 4 Click Done 10 6 Setting the file name of the data export output file Depending on whether One single file or Individual files is selected different options are given for naming the exported file s To enter a filename do one of the following e If One single file is selected enter the filename in the Enter file name field Note If no text is entered the file name will be on the format ProjectName_Data_Export tsv e f Individual files is selected 1 Click the Naming button to open the File naming dialog 2 Inthe File naming dialog select the Project name checkbox if the project name should be included in the file name 3 Inthe File naming dialog select the Te
143. e 27 4 2 2 Creating independent variables ccseeeeeeeeeeeee centr eeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaaes 28 4 3 Calibrating and recording participants ceeceeceeeeeee ee ee tees eeeee tees saaeeeeeeaaaeeeeeeaaaeeeeeeaaeeeeesaaaaeees 28 4 3 1 E aa E E A 29 4 3 2 MakiINnG ECOFdINGS 22a acicoutietocscutectecisauteucucieuigcscadaitercseviiecraescaspecedesiedsleas taadeotee canes 31 4 4 Importing Tobii Glasses Data 0 0 00 cece eee cece ceeeeeeeeeeaaeaa ee eeceeeeeeeseasaaae ae eeneeseeeeeesaeaaeaaaaaes 33 5 Replaying and Editing ROC ORAIN GS ss sesdcsccccctic cates cccens tances shee iecadeperatssncketamnasettonbsaseemmcccagtbuaucnenee 35 5 1 Playback e T E E T E TET 36 5 1 1 Customizing the recordings liSt esssssssssrrrrresrusessrrrrrerresrusesrnerneereoeusnesnnerrerreseseene 36 5 1 2 Changing the timeline scale detail and playback Speed eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeennees 36 5 1 3 Customizing the view of the Replay tab 0 cere eee e eee eeteereeeeeee ee aeeaaeeaee 37 5 2 Performing a Retrospective Think Aloud recording cseceeeeeeee neces eeeee ae eeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeaneeeags 38 5 3 Managing and logging CVeNtS sssrinin nannaa AEAN EEEE EEEN AR EEE EERE EEA E 39 5 3 1 LOGGING OVENS roisia nnani isoina A Aana idani wiederd rabda aTa Aaaa 39 5 3 2 FilteringeventS sabsssicteccesserinaneiededdenshan a eaa a a aa E a a Ga 40 5 4 Creating Video Segments i seisscsiisstsacsinesaiacsdessaasca
144. e Minimize to System Tray option under the View menu is accessible on from the Design and Re cord tab 4 1 Creating and editing tests Tobii Studio tests are composed of media elements that are organized along a presentation timeline A large number of media types are available images PDF documents screen recordings websites movies physical objects using a scene camera ex ternal video and instruction stimuli This facilitates studies in a range of different research fields 4 1 1 Adding media to a test Media is added to the test by dragging the media element from the media toolbar to the timeline For example you can quickly place a series of pictures movies or add a screen or web recording in the same test except when using external video and scene camera media For more information on Tobii Studio media limitations please read 13 Tobii Studio media limitations To add a media element to the test 1 Drag the media element icon to the test workspace timeline indicated by the gray arrow in the user interface if no ele ments were previously added The media setup dialog box opens 2 Set up your media element by changing the settings in the media setup dialog box for information on how to set up dif ferent media elements read 4 1 2 Media element types 3 Click OK to accept the settings and close the dialog box 4 The media is now visible as a slide icon in the center of the test workspace The line behind the media
145. e calibration AVI These items are called attention animation AVIs No calibration data is collected during the display of these AV s To change the Infant calibration settings 1 Type the calibration stimulus file path into the Calibration Animation field or Click the button to locate the file you want to use Click the file and then click Open to select it as a calibration stimulus 2 Type the file path into the Attention Animation field or click the button to locate the file you want to use Click the file and then click Open to select it as an attention grabbing stimulus 3 Select the Show infant calibration instructions check box to view the calibration instructions before the calibration proce dure begins Clear the check box to hide the instructions 4 Set Number of calibration points to 2 5 or 9 points 5 Click the Background Color drop down list and select the color for the calibration background screen 30 4 Designing and Recording Tests User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 6 Click Configure to adjust the area of the screen that will be used when performing calibrations This may provide a more accurate calibration if you are planning to use a small area of the screen to show the stimulus Click Restore default to reset the respective calibration settings to the default value Some sample movies are included in the installation and can normally be found in the Infant Calibration AVIs folder C Progr
146. e constantly misplaced or you want to have better control over the page groupings you can cre ate the groups manually To assign a frame to a group 1 Select the Manual option and click New Group The new group appears at the bottom of the web frame lists 2 Rename the new group by double clicking it typing the new name and then pressing ENTERon your keyboard 3 Select the frame you want to add to the group The preview can be seen below the list 4 Add the frame by dragging it to the new group 5 Repeat steps 3 4 to add more frames to the group Before adding another frame to the group you can compare its con tent with the frames in the group Select one frame in each list and use the web page preview to check if the content is the same 6 Set the web group background image by selecting the web frame and clicking the Set As Group Image button 7 Click OK to accept the changes and wait while Tobii Studio saves the changes 7 2 Selecting recordings You can select the recordings by selecting the check boxes in each row of the Recordings list By default the recordings list dis plays the name of the recording the color used to identify the recording on the timeline and in the visualizations and the name of the participant However you can display more information and choose the information column to sort the recordings by To display more columns of information 1 Right click anywhere in the recordings list 2 Select Show Colum
147. e of the Y axis scale 9 3 2 Update and zoom options The bottom part of the Statistics workspace contains the Update and Zoom toolbar where you can change the zoom settings as well as toggle between automatic or manual updates of the tables and charts display 9 3 2 1 Update settings The Manual and Auto buttons control the behavior of the chart and table updates when you change a setting in the toolbars or toggle selection of items on the Data Selection panel If Manual is selected the user has to click the Update button before any changes are shown in the table or charts This allows the user to make all selections before any calculations are made which can speed up the selection process If the Auto button is clicked all changes in settings and selections will take immediate effect and the tables or charts recalculation process triggered 93 22 Zoom settings The zoom controls of the table and chart display are located in the section to the right of the Update and Zoom toolbar The first set of controls is a drop down list with some commonly used preset zoom values and a button to reset the zoom level to 100 The second set of controls is composed of two buttons Zoom out and Zoom in and a zoom slider Move the slider to the left to zoom out in the display or click the Zoom out button To zoom in move the slider to the right or click the Zoom in button 9 4 Eye tracking metric definitions The main eye movement measurements use
148. e recording screen and select Fullscreen to show the original record ing in fullscreen mode In this case use the fullscreen controls to control the playback 10 Click the Stop button on the right side of the gray RTA bar to stop the recording or press the ESC or F10 key on the keyboard Please note that if you use the Esc key to exit full screen this will also stop the recording 11 The RTA recording will then be available in the recordings list in the Recordings pane Use the playback controls to view the RTA recording RTA recordings can be edited and exported just like normal studio recordings However since no gaze data is collected during the RTA recording you will not be able to use these recordings to create visualizations 38 5 Replaying and Editing Recordings User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 5 3 Managing and logging events Events such as the image element s display time and mouse clicks are automatically registered in Tobii Studio s database and displayed in the Events list of the Recordings pane These events are also displayed on the timeline as colored bookmarks When you hold the pointer over the bookmark the event details appear If you click an event in the Events list the timeline marker will jump to the position in the recording where the event occurred To enable disable the types of events displayed in the list 1 Right click the list and selecting Filter by Category The Visible events
149. e screen recording of the participant s activities on the screen In a video recording a frame is one of the many still images that compose the complete moving picture and is usu ally expressed in number of frames per second The higher the frame rate the more processor resources will be consumed and the larger the size of the video file The default value for Tobii Studio is 5 frames per second FPS Global Settings Screen and Video Capture Eye Tracker Calibration Fixation Filters Recording Miscellaneous Live viewer E Use halftone smooth video scaling Halftone scaling improves the video quality but decreases performance If you experience performance problems with this option enabled you could try to tum it off Screen capture framerate 5 fps User Camera Capture F Record user camera Video Source Inputs HP Webcam 2 MP Macro a Preview Camera Settings Video Settings Video Codec Click for preview Microsoft Video 1 X Settings Edt F Record user sound Audio Source Microphone High Definition Aud X F Enable live viewing W Enable remote viewing E Use multicast Multicast IP address 225 1 1 111 Multicast is disabled by default if you want to transfer the screen o capture to more than one computer on the network this option shouid be tumed on Broadcast Sound F Camera image Cx Cee To set the
150. e value is the same regardless of its duration Absolute duration based on fixation durations Absolute Duration heat maps display the accumulated fixation duration on different locations in the image and can be used for example to measure the amount of attention or cognitive proc essing dedicated to different elements in the stimuli Each fixation made by each participant adds color values to the fixa tion map according to its duration in seconds Relative duration fixation duration divided by the stimuli viewing time in each recording The Relative Duration heat map displays the accumulated fixation duration on the different elements in the image relative to the total image viewing time In other words if in recording A the participant looked at the image for 10 seconds and at a specific object for 3 seconds and in recording B the participant looked at the image for 10 minutes and at the specific object for 3 minutes then the data from recording A and recording B will have the same weight on the final heat map This type of heat map should be used when the view time per stimulus is not fixed such as during a web usability study where participants typi cally spend different amounts of time on each web page Each fixation made by each participant adds a duration value to the fixation map and the values are divided by the participant s view time The relative values for each participant are then added and the maximum value will be used
151. ear in certain combinations These combinations and their interpretations are summarized in the following table Right Validity Code Left Validity Code o 1 2 3 4 Found two eyes N A N A N A Found one eye Most probably the left eye N A N A N A Found one eye N A Probably the left eye N A N A Found one eye The N A N A tracker cannot with any certainty deter mine which eye it is N A Found one eye N A N A N A Probably the right eye Found one eye Most N A N A N A No eyes found probably the right eye User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 10 Exporting Data 133 11 Tobii Studio Remote Viewer The Tobii Studio Remote Viewer is a separate software component that views an ongoing eye tracking recording session over a LAN connection The Tobii Studio Remote Viewer displays the gaze point superimposed on the stimuli along with the user cam era video It also plays the user camera audio The Tobii Studio Remote Viewer cannot be used in combination with Tobii Glasses and is only available together with the Tobii Studio Enterprise edition e Use at least a Gigabit Ethernet T1000 switches that supports jumbo frames e Do not install the Tobii Studio Remote Viewer on the same computer on which you have Tobii Studio Installed 11 1 Installing Tobii Studio Remote Viewer The Tobii Studio viewer software component and Tobii studio are run on two different computers and
152. eatingiheat Mapsiss scccoriactscbsacaaststesagennccrsasetagsaginatis sneatias sass incctanesiedssasassdrsaath satensatharde sans 63 7 5 1 CUSTOMIZING NEALIMAPSwciss eats sce naie iin naaie aer Aa arana anaa i 64 7 5 2 How are heat maps calculated eceeccseeeeeeenneeeee cena eeeee sean eeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaaeeeeeaaeneeeeed 65 7 6 Creating Cluster S erisera eanna nA nE E eE EER EEEE EER EANES 67 7 6 1 CUSTOMIZING Ko TE E A E ETT 68 7 6 2 How are clusters Calculated arcriinnisrrbercrrrit irnir ranea t ran REAA EA aR 69 7 7 Using the timeline wiciccss cect scat deaecedtaaendccet hacen cca EAA E A A S 72 7 7 1 Selecting data from a time interval sssrinin centr ee eeeaa ee eeeeaaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaaeeeeeaeaes 72 7 8 Exporting gaze plots heat Maps and clusters ee ceee eee eee e teresa eee eee e tees eeeee aa eeeeaeeeeaaeeeeaeeeags 73 7 8 1 Batch OxpP Orbis iesisiwicsissiaacciissndeverdassanaderensdanesdeatsegeabeeveccdilaaiewers NEE ATEEN Govier 73 7 9 Copying Visualization Images to ClipDOard eee ee cece cece eect eee entree ee eeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeesaaeeeeeeaaaeeees 74 Creating and Managing Areas of Interest cssssssessssssereseseessceneseneeenneeensneesnneessnnsnenneess 76 8 1 DrawinQiA lS norio a n a aged su E A O O S 77 8 2 Editing the shape of an existing AO i sririissieirsssricicsnnini ee eiaa aE RR EER 77 8 3 Changing the time interval in which an AOI collects data the Activation state of an AOI 4 78 8 4
153. ecting the Activation check box e To activate AOI data collection select the Activation check box e To deactivate AOI data collection deselect the Activation check box 8 4 Basic media replay operations in the Areas of Interest tab This section describes basic operations that have to do with replaying the media on which you are creating dynamic AOls If the media is static such as an image or a pdf neither a timeline nor replay controls will be available in the user interface i You can use Keyboard shortcuts to control the Media replay Please read section 8 16 Shortcut commands in the Areas of Interest tool 8 4 1 Media replay controls in the Areas of Interest tab To be able to create dynamic AOls dynamic media can be replayed in the Areas of Interest tab The media replay is controlled by the replay control buttons to the left of the media timeline To control the media replay e To replay the media click the Play button e To rewind the media to its starting point click the Rewind button e To step frame by frame in the media click the Step backwards or Step forward buttons e To jump between AOI keyframes click the Previous keyframe or the Next keyframe buttons 8 4 2 Zooming the media timeline To zoom in or out on the media timeline e Inthe bottom right hand corner of the Areas of Interest tab user interface click the Zoom in out buttons to zoom in or out The timeline and zoom in out buttons are only visi
154. ee aa eeeee aes 82 8 15 Managing AOl Groups iciisiscictideidtiecaindc a a 82 8 16 Shortcut commands in the Areas of Interest tol cceeee eens eeeee cea eeeee tena eeeeeeenaeeeeeeaaaeeeeeaaeneeeeea 83 Calculating eye tracking metrics and Statistics csssccsssesscessscesssessseeeeseeeseseesseeeenseeeens 85 9 1 Choosing media for the analysis 000 00 eee nennenneeeeee aaa ae ea enenineeaes 85 9 2 SClCUNG data h ecic cascades iene nerkthe ie E E E vedheeets vagersenrwaheveats Gheeeeer aes 87 9 2 1 CHOOSING FECOPGINGS i ce ie susidi anaesema ie Da susie inie ainaani is vedegasnaaesage 87 9 2 2 selecting Areas of Interest riarsat ienkrr ssar Era Era Eran A EENIA EA aa 88 9 3 Building Statistics tables and chartS sessesssrsrrrrrrrrssrrrrrrrrrrrunsnsrnrrrrrrurrunsnrrrnrrrrrurenrsnnrrnret 89 9 3 1 Configuring tables and Charts sssrinin iseti ran ennnen Ene ET ESA Eia 89 9 3 2 Update and zoom OptiOnS sssssessrsssrnssrrnssnnsrnnsnnrrnnrnnntennnennnonnnnnntnnnnnnnnnranennnneennenn 94 9 4 Eye tackng metie GetiNILONS sisirerinisr rinira ireto irin NeT btett netics as ticeteaes tices 94 9 4 1 Descriptive STAtIStCS deiran ni anrr ierra n AA NAD EIEE 95 9 4 2 TimetoFirst Fixation SeCOndS 8 ccciccsaeisienesinncssenenaatesetieccsdeenangiisasteahdeseventceatinenne 95 9 4 3 Time to First Fixation Across Media ccccccccecccceseueccceeeeucceceeeeuuueeseuaeueeeuusauueeseuaaauesss 96 9 4 4 Fixations Before COUNT esiaine naiari ta
155. ee eeee ee eeeaaeeeeaeeeeaaees 121 10 6 Setting the file name of the data export output file ee cece e eee e eee ee ee ee aaa ee ee sean eeeeeeeaaeneeeeea 121 10 7 Saving the data export output file eee cece eee e eee a nee e ee etna EEEREN eee senna eee EEEN ANES 122 10 8 Saving and Loading Data Export Settings cccceeeeeee nner eee ee nate ee eee ANAN NAANA EEANN A 122 10 9 Predefined data export settings ccceceecceececseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeseeeaeeeeaneeeeeeas 122 10 9 1 Coding Scheme Events predefined settings ieee teeeeeeeeee ee ae eee 122 10 9 2 AOI Gaze events predefined SettingS cecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaaeeeeeeaaaaeees 123 10 9 3 Media gaze events and coordinates predefined SettingS ccsseeeseeeesseeeeaeeeeaaees 123 10 9 4 Glasses gaze COOrdINAtES cccee cece ee nn eee ee tena ee ee teen a eee e eee na tees KENA E AARNA EER A 124 10 9 5 Raw gaze coordinates predefined SettingS cccceeeeeeseeeeeeeeesaaeeeeaeeesaaeeeeaeeeeaaaes 124 10 10 Definitions of available data types 200 ke D RA E E 124 10 1 0 1 Coordinate Systems osuisi innesti eniai iiaa a innia aasia iia 125 T0102 General data 2 2i iciisteesiceacanesicsdeanesseudepaes lev tagatpadadendtsasecapateasecsnatiuvedendonavadencneseeds 126 10 10 3 Mediadata serri ccewndicesiacaieecesannecsasedinucnesbencd cnet dagseasteneaueacsenthisacteaadeneaemaeaatenens 12
156. eed by selecting one of the five preset speeds in the Calibration Speed list 3 Set Number of calibration points to 2 5 or 9 points 4 Click the Background Color list and select the color of the calibration background screen 5 Click Configure to adjust the area of the screen that will be used when performing calibrations This may provide a more accurate calibration if you are planning to use a small area of the screen to show the stimulus Click Restore default to reset the respective calibration settings to the default value A312 Manual calibration Manual calibration is best suited for studies using the Scene Camera media element or in cases where participants have poor vi sion and have problems following the points in the regular calibration In these cases Manual calibration provides the ability to conduct a more accurate calibration step by step i The calibration is performed after the space bar is pressed Make sure that the test participant doesn t move his her gaze at the sound of the space bar press To change the Manual calibration settings 1 Click the Foreground Color drop down list and select the color for the lines forming the calibration cross 2 Select Show manual calibration instructions to view the calibration instructions before the calibration procedure begins Uncheck the check box to hide the instructions 3 Set Number of calibration points to 2 5 or 9 points 4 Click the Background Color list and
157. eenRecStarted event before the web browser gets launched and a ScreenRecEnded when the web browser gets closed either manually or by step ping to the next element on the timeline ScreenRecEnded N A This event is created when a screen recording starts When a web stimulus is used there will be a ScreenRecStarted event before the web browser gets launched and a ScreenRecEnded when the web browser gets closed either manually or by step ping to the next element on the timeline URLStart The URL of the webpage shown URLEnd The URL of the webpage shown QuestionEnded The question text PDFPageStarted The name of the PDF file_ pagenumber PDFPageEnded The name of the PDF file_ pagenumber GlassesRecording N A This event is created when the recording imported from the Started glasses recording unit starts GlassesRecordin N A This event is created when the recording imported from the glasses recording unit ends Log name Log description This event is created by the use of the built in coding scheme feature in Tobii Studio and generated by the action of a person creating logs manually The name and the description of the event are determined by the Tobii Studio user creating the logs The data types StudioEvent and StudioEventData have replaced the earlier Tobii Studio versions data types Event Data1 Data2 and Descriptor The data types listed for versions prior to Tobii Studio 3 0 also contained data regarding
158. ef description Percentage of recordings in which participants clicked at least once within an AOI or AOI group 9 4 18 Mouse Click Count count This metric measures the number of times the participant left clicks with the mouse on an AOI or an AOI group If at the end of the recording the participant has not clicked on the AOI the Mouse Click Count value will not be computed and the recording will not be included in the descriptive statistics calculations e g when computing N 9 4 18 1 N value This statistic describes the N value used to calculate other descriptive statistics such as the mean and standard deviation In the current metric it represents the number of recordings and is calculated as follows Row settings When recordings are selected as table rows the N value will always be equal to 1 If participants are selected as table rows the N value will be equal to the number of recordings that participant has made with the same media element When participant groups are selected as rows then the N value will be equal to the number of recordings included in the group Summary columns In the AOI media summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x the number of AOls included in a single media element In the AOI group summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings and follows the rules described in the pre vious paragraph row settings In the AOI metric summary columns the N
159. eft or Strict average will not provide data for visualizations and statistics Depending on the fixation filter that you choose at step 3 perform the filter specific settings according to the detailed de scription in the following sections for each type of filter e VT Fixation Filter e ClearView Fixation Filter e Tobii Fixation Filter e Raw Data Filter To save the filter configuration click the Save filter config button enter a file name and location and then click Save Click Apply to apply the changes and or OK to accept the changes and close the Global Settings dialog box Saved filter settings can be used at a later point in time by clicking the Load filter config and then loading a previously saved filter configuration file 6 1 As previously mentioned the fixation filter affects how gaze plots heat maps clusters and eye tracking metrics are calculated Choosing a fixation filter does not modify the raw gaze data recorded by Tobii Studio and you can therefore change the filter settings without affecting the original data recorded e You can use the Velocity Chart to tune the IVT Fixation Filter and the Raw Data Filter For details please read 14 2 VelocityChart Visualizing eye tracking data on a timeline I VT Fixation Filter The general idea behind an I VT filter is to classify eye movements based on the velocity of the directional shifts of the eye The velocity is most commonly given in visua
160. electing the Create new radio button type the desired variable name Click the first row in the Answers list box twice so that the cursor blinks and type one of the answer texts Press ENTERand click the next row to add an other answer e After selecting Use values from an existing Independent Variable choose the variable from the Variable Name drop down list These variables are managed under the Independent Variables tab of Manage Participants but can be edited for the questionnaire 4 Change the order of the answers by selecting the answer to move and clicking the arrow button for the desired direction located to the right of the list 5 Click the Preview button to preview the question 6 Click Close to save the question and return to the Questionnaire element setup dialog box 7 lf desired add more questions to the same element by repeating steps 1 7 Each question with answers will be displayed on its own slide 8 To change the order of the questions select the question to move and click the arrow button for the desired direction lo cated to the right of the Question list 9 Click the Edit button to modify the question or click the Delete button to delete it 10 Click OK to save and close the Questionnaire element setup dialog box or click Cancel to discard the changes and close the dialog box To copy one or more questions from Excel to the Questionnaire element 1 In Excel type the question text in the first colum
161. element represents the timeline and the arrow represents the direction of the test Right above the media element is the position number of that element in the current test 12 4 Designing and Recording Tests User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 4 1 2 Media element types Tobii Studio integrates different types of media for analysis The different media elements can also be referred to as stimuli Media element types stimuli e Instruction Text elements that can be used to display instructions or describe tasks to the participant Image Presents a picture or a graphic element i e BMP GIF JPG JPEG TIF TIFF PNG Movie Presents video in AVI WMV or ASF format only formats accepted e Web Websites added by entering the URL or web address of the website viewed in Microsoft Internet Explorer browser e Screen Rec Used to record stimuli that are presented by an external software application or the software itself and shown on the local screen External Video Records the video output of software games or a program running on an external device e g a second computer or TV Requires a video capture card installed on the computer running Tobii Studio It records the video on any external source such as a video capture card or camera This media element cannot be used together with other ele ments on the same timeline e Scene Camera Used to analyze how people observe and interact with physical objects
162. elow drag the bar towards the left for a more detailed timeline or towards the right for a better overview 36 5 Replaying and Editing Recordings User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US oo o KI i Km Segments Scenes Settings Recording Rec 01 length 00 00 16 831 participant P01 The playback speed can be changed to show the recording replay at a slower or faster pace The playback speed bar is in the lower left corner of the Replay pane The speed is represented by the silhouettes of a hare and a tortoise for fast and slow Change the playback speed by dragging the marker on the speed bar towards the hare to increase the speed or towards the tor toise to decrease the speed The middle line represents the original recording speed 5 1 3 Customizing the view of the Replay tab To provide a greater flexibility of analysis the various panes and toolbars in the Replay view Recordings Events User Cam Seg ments Scenes and Settings can all be resized or hidden displayed This allows you to customize the window so you have easy access to the functions you use most You can toggle between displaying and hiding the Events and User Cam panes by clicking their respective buttons at the bottom of the Recordings pane The same goes for Segments Scenes and Settings which have icons in the lower left corner of the Replay pane You can resize any of the panes by dragging its border in the desired direction
163. ent as the default name You can change it by clicking the Element Name field deleting the existing text and typing a new name To set the video recording source and properties 1 Choose the video source by selecting a device form the Video Source list 2 If the device has more than one input e g S video composite specify the input you want to use for the video recording by selecting it in the Inputs list 3 Choose the codec you want to use to convert and or compress the video signal during the recording by select a codec from the Video Codec list The choice of codec will impact the video quality file size and CPU load during recording For most purposes the Microsoft Video 1 is recommended User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 4 Designing and Recording Tests 19 4 Click the Settings button to set the temporal quality ratio of the video compression The higher the quality ratio the more detailed the recording will be However the recording will also consume more CPU resources 5 Click Edit to select which codecs are enabled These codecs are then shown in the Video Codec list 6 Click the Preview box to preview the image streamed from the device To set device specific settings e If your external device is a video camera click Camera Settings to change the video image settings such as brightness and contrast e Click Video Settings to change other device specific hardware settings such as video size
164. ents generated by the participant the user and Tobii Studio Recording event data Description Format Reference system MouseEventlndex Represents the order in which a mouse click event was recorded The index is an auto increment number starting at 1 first mouse event detected Count MouseEvent Mouse click type Left button and Right button MouseEventX ADCSpx Horizontal coordinate of the mouse event location on the screen Pixels ADCSpx MouseEventY ADCSpx Vertical coordinate of the mouse event location on the screen Pixels ADCSpx MouseEventX MCSpx Horizontal coordinate of the mouse event location on the media element Pixels MCSpx MouseEventY MCSpx Vertical coordinate of the mouse event location on the media element Pixels MCSpx KeyPressEventlIndex Represents the order in which a key press event was recorded The index is an auto increment number starting with 1 first key press event detected Count KeyPressEvent Displays the information of which key was pressed on the keyboard StudioEventIndex Represents the order in which a Tobii Studio record ing event was registered The index is an auto incre ment number starting with 1 first event detected Count StudioEvent Type of media element or manual logging event e g start end and manual logging description For further information please read the following sectio
165. er configuration to file dialog opens 2 Select location and enter a file name for the filter configuration file 3 Click save User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 14 Appendixes 151 4 Open the Fixation filter dialog in Tobii Studio The Fixation filter dialog is found in the Settings dialog in the Tools menu 5 Click Load filter config Make sure you are in the Fixation filter dialog in Tobii studio and not the one in VelocityChart 6 Locate the configuration file in the Load fixation filter configuration from file dialog 7 Double click the filter configuration file to open it in Tobii Studio 8 Click Apply The settings can also be transferred simply by entering the parameter values from the fixation filter dialog in VelocityChart into the Fixation filter dialog in Tobii Studio manually 14 2 3 Velocity Chart Settings Within the VelocityChart application you can set what data to be shown in the chart from the Settings menu To change the Velocity Chart settings 1 Click the Show X Y drop down menu and select what gaze coordinate data should be shown fixation coordinates included 2 Click the Gaze data drop down menu and select how data should be processed before it is shown Preprocessed meaning according to fixation filter settings Data processing functions implied Gap fill in and Noise re duction Eye Selection cannot be disabled 3 Select the Show Fixations check box to show fixations in the
166. er of recordings and follows the rules described in the pre vious paragraph row settings In the AOI metric summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x the total number of AOls i e all AOls in cluded in all media elements 108 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US Percentage Fixated Participant 1 C Participant 2 Measured in Fixations on media size indicates duration Qe0 00 V O 2OO Media 2 view time Media 1 view time ecd eo Participant 1 fixates on AOI B Participant 1 fixates on AOI C Participant 2 fixates on AOI B in Media 1 in Media 2 in Media 1 N of recordings where the participant fixated at least once on the AOI Total N of recordings x 100 Percentage Fixated e g Fixated for AOI B 100 Fixated for AOI C 50 9 4 16 2 Brief description Percentage of recordings in which participants fixated at least once within an AOI or AOI group 9 4 17 Percentage Clicked This metric measures the number of recordings where participants have clicked at least once within an AOI or AOI Group It is calculated by dividing the total number of recordings where participants have clicked within the AOI by the Total number of re cordings in test 9 4 17 1 N value This statistic describes the N value used to calculate other descriptive statistics such as the mean and standard deviation In the curre
167. er tab is a list of eye trackers that are connected either to the Tobii Studio computer or to the network the computer is connected to The list displays information on whether the connection to the eye tracker was made au tomatically or manually Type the address used to connect with the eye tracker Host the name Name and serial number Se rial of the eye tracker and the type of eye tracker Model To select an eye tracker click the row in the list that corresponds to the eye tracker and then click the Test selected eye tracker button A message showing the status of the connection is displayed If you are unable to see your eye tracker in the list click Can t find your eye tracker to restart the protocol used to communicate with the eye trackers Bonjour If you are still unable to connect to the eye tracker see the troubleshooting section of the eye tracker user manual or contact Tobii Support The Delete selected eye tracker button is used to remove eye trackers that have been manually added to the list If you are using a Tobii X Series Eye Tracker click the X Series Config Tool button to open the X Series Configuration Tool dia log box and set up the X Series Eye Tracker the button is only available if you select a Tobii X Series Eye Tracker Earlier eye tracker models e g 1750 and X50 are not detected automatically by Tobii Studio If you are using a Tobii 50 Series Eye Tracker you need to set up the connection manu
168. ess and hold SHIFT while you drag the object The position of a selected AOI can be adjusted manually entering numbers in property fields on the AOI property bar 8 7 Rotating an existing AOI Whenever you rotate an existing AOI it will either change an existing Keyframe or create a new Keyframe if the shape that is ro tated is in between Keyframes Li 8 8 For dynamic AOls the vertices of the AOI shapes will interpolate move linearly from Keyframe to Keyframe Transfor mations such as rotation will therefore have an effect on the AOI size To minimize these effects create numerous Key frames by rotating the AOI shape in small steps Make sure the AOI you want to rotate is visible if not read section Showing Hiding AO s On the toolbar select the Select Move AOI s tool Click the AOI that you want to rotate The AOI then lights up and shows a rectangle around it with a rotation handle stick ing out Drag the rotation handle in the direction that you want to rotate the AOI Note To constrain the rotation to 45 degree an gles press and hold SHIFT while you drag the rotation handle Adding and deleting AOI Keyframes Adding and deleting AOI Keyframes is only possible for AOls on dynamic media To manually add a Keyframe Keyframes are automatically added whenever you make a change to an AOI shape in between keyframes 1 Select the appropriate AOI by clicking either the AOI shape or the name in the Areas of Inte
169. ever it detects a change in the mean we are able to group the data into separate fixations When this is done we can estimate the spatial position of each individual fixation based on the information contained within its timeframe Before the fixation algorithm is applied to the data the system goes through the recording data and identifies sections with miss ing data The filter then interpolates the missing data for sections that have a duration below 100 ms 6 7 data points at 60Hz and breaks the recording data set into subsets when the sections are larger than 100ms The following steps are then applied to each data subset independently First a feature dif is calculated as the vector difference between two data point windows located before and after the current gaze data point Each window has a fixed number of r gaze data points and the difference is calculated using the average X and Y coordinates of these points Once dif has been calculated for all the data points in the recording we then identify peak val ues i e the d values that are greater than both of its two closest neighbors Next we go through the list of peaks once more and remove all the peaks that are smaller than the highest peak within a window of radius r The peaks are then added to a list under the condition that they are at least as great as a user defined threshold h Velocity Threshold The fact that the threshold is determined relative to the window size r m
170. field deleting the existing text and typing a new name To select the application you want to test 1 Optionally select the Run command check box this check box is automatically checked when the path for the executable file is entered either by typing the target path or by clicking the Browse button and select the executable file Type the target path of the executable file of the program you want to run or click the Browse button to open Windows Explorer and select the executable file or program you want to run This step is optional 2 Type the path of the folder where the executable file is located in the Start in field This step is optional 3 When the Run command check box is checked two more settings become available Select End screen recording when external application is closed to stop the Screen Recording element when the participant exits the application Or select Close external application when screen recording ends In this case the element is ended by pressing F10 on your key board or aborting the recording with ESC You can change the key to be used for stopping the media element in the Global Settings window Tools gt Settings If none of the options above are selected the element is ended with F10 and the application is closed separately 4 Ifthe Run command is left unchecked the application has to be started by the test participant or the test leader When the recording starts Tobii Studio is minimized and the
171. fixation classification The data from one eye will only be used if the eye tracker is certain that the data collected in asample is from the selected eye see table below However there is one exception if only one eye was detected during calibration all samples collected during a recording will be assumed to be associated to the eye detected during the calibration If during the calibration only one eye was detected and two eyes are detected during the re cording only the data from the eye specified by this parameter will be used e The Average setting makes an average of the position data from the left and the right eye If only one eye is detected it uses the data from that eye even if it is not completely sure which eye has been detected However if only one eye is detected and the eye tracker cannot at all determine which eye it is the data is discarded unless only one eye was detected during calibration If only one eye was detected during calibration and two eyes are detected during record ing large offset errors can occur since the eye model created for the eye detected during the calibration will be ap plied also on the eye not present during calibration In the general case the left and right eyes are not identical e Unlike the Average setting the Strict average setting discards all samples where only one eye has been detected Only when both eyes are detected simultaneously an average position of the two eyes will be calculated and
172. fixations function is to merge fixations that have been incorrectly split into multiple fixations Noise and other disturbances can cause the I VT classifier to incorrectly classify data points that should belong to a fixation as not being part of it This will split the fixation into multiple fixations which are all located close together The Merge adjacent fixa tions function can be set to merge these multiple fixations into one fixation The Merge adjacent fixations function has two threshold parameters e Max time between fixations defines the maximum time interval between separate fixations that should be merged The de fault value of Max time between fixations is 75 ms which is less time than participants will need to perform a fixation else were and then revisit the area of the previous fixation Salojarvi et Al 2005 e Max angle between fixations defines the maximum visual angle of the eyes between separate fixations that should be merged The default value of Max angle between fixations is 0 5 degrees which is to compensate for normal noise levels while not losing too much fine grained fixation data Additionally the 0 5 degrees value allows to filter out micro saccades Komogortsev et al 2010 which usaually have amplitude of 0 5 degrees or less Yarbus 1967 Saloj rvi J Puolamaki K Simola J Kovanen L Kojo l and Kaski S 20085 Inferring relevance from eye movements Feature ex traction Technical Report Publications in C
173. g frame number e See any detected IR Markers overlaid on the video and individual IR Marker coordinates for a more in depth qualitative analysis of the data The Glasses Data Viewer includes easy controls and short keys for replaying and pausing the recording frame by frame steps or for example skipping forward or backward in steps of 1 5 or 60 seconds The Glasses Data Viewer also offers a text export of all IR Markers including a marker used for calibration without any IR Marker holder indicated as 0 detected during the selected recording per frame With the possibility to export IR Marker data also comes the possibility to recognize events marked by IR Markers in a recording even when only a single IR Marker was in view whereas the analysis of AOAs needs at least 4 IR Markers To open the Glasses Data Viewer for a specific recording 1 Open your Project in Tobii Studio and go to the Replay tab 46 5 Replaying and Editing Recordings User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 2 From the list of Recordings right click on the recording you would like to view the data of 3 Select Review Glasses data Close the Glasses Data Viewer and repeat the steps above to view data from a different recording Read more about the Tobii Glasses data in the Tobii Glasses User Manual 5 8 Parallax Correction Tool The parallax correction tool is used in conjunction with Tobii Glasses When a participant looks at objects from different
174. han 1 recording with the same media element N will be equal to the sum of the number of visits in all the recordings If participant groups are selected as rows then N will be equal to the sum of the number of visits of all the participants included in the group 104 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US Visit Duration Measured in seconds Fixations on media size indicates duration e0O000 BG O Media 1 view time Media 2 view time e g duration of the 1st visit to AOI B duration of the 2nd visit to AOI B total number of visits to AOI B mean Visit Duration on AOI B in Media 1 Summary columns In the AOI media summary column the N value represents the total number of visits to all AOls included in a single media element In the AOI group summary column the N value represents the sum of the visits to all the AOls belonging to the same AOI group and follows the rules described in the previous paragraph for recordings participants and participant groups In the AOI metric summary column the N value represents the total number of visits to all AOls included in all media elements 9 4 11 2 Brief description Duration of each individual visit within an AOI or an AOI group seconds 9 4 12 Total Visit Duration seconds This metric measures the duration of all visits within an active AOI or AOI group In this case the N value used to
175. hart is copied to the clipboard 3 Use the paste function in your document editor or use the paste keyboard shortcut English keyboards CTRL V to paste the image BMP file or table TXT file content into your document 9 6 Table and chart export Use the export function in the Statistics view to save the table or chart into a file that you can later import or add to a document To export a table 1 Click the Export button to show the Export menu 2 Select Export Table The Save As dialog box opens 3 Type the file name select the location where you want to save your export then click Save The table is exported as a tab delimited TXT file To export a chart 1 Click the Export button to open the Export menu 2 Select Export Chart The Save As dialog box opens User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics 117 3 Type the file name select the location where you want to save your export and then click Save The table is exported as an image in the PNG file format If more than one metric is chosen for analysis the image file will contain all the generated charts 118 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 10 Exporting Data Eye and gaze tracking data exports can be used to analyze data from Tobii Studio in other analysis or statistics software such as Excel SPSS or Matlab The data is saved in a tab sep
176. he Replay tab you can also launch the Velocity Chart VelocityChart in Tobii Studio plots the angular eye velocity gaze co ordinates raw or processed and the classified fixation coordinates of a recording The main purpose of VelocityChart is to help the user set the parameters in the data processing functions particularly when using the I VT fixation filter VelocityChart is a separate software application but is launched from within Tobii Studio To launch the VelocityChart application 1 Select the Replay tab in Tobii Studio 2 Inthe Recordings pane right click on the recording you want to open in VelocityChart Click Launch VelocityChart The VelocityChart opens in a new window Read more on the Velocity Chart in 14 2 VelocityChart Visualizing eye tracking data on a timeline To play back a recording 1 Inthe Recordings pane click the recording you wish to view User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 5 Replaying and Editing Recordings 35 2 Inthe lower left corner of the Replay pane click the play button to start playback of the recording Use the rewind for ward stop and pause buttons to control the playback 3 While paused click the RIGHT and LEFT ARROW keys on your keyboard to move forward or backwards respectively frame by frame 4 Jump to different sections of the recording by dragging the marker on the Replay pane timeline clicking the desired loca tion or clicking an event in the Events list in
177. ick Adjust screen resolution 3 Click the Display drop down list and select the display you want to set up User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 12 General Settings 137 4 7 Click Resolution and make sure it is set to 1024x768 or 1280x1024 for the Tobii T60 and T120 Eye Trackers and 1920 x 1200 1080p for the Tobii T60XL Eye Tracker Once your screen resolution changes you have 15 seconds to confirm the change Click Yes to confirm the change click No or do nothing to revert to your previous setting To improve the graphics card performance and reduce the hard disk load select High Color 16 bit for Color Quality Click Advanced settings and then click the Monitor tab Under Colors select High Color 16 bit and then click OK For studies that require higher color quality use a computer with very good performance and contact Tobii Support for recommendations Click OK to accept the changes and close the Control Panel 12 1 2 Configuring a dual screen computer setup This step is only required if you plan to use your system with an extra monitor to show Tobii Studio Remote Viewer and if both the eye tracker monitor and the Remote Viewer monitor are both connected to the Tobii Studio computer Primary Screen Stimulus presentation ao Secondary computer Screen with a VGA Live viewer DVI dual Optional output card USB Network adapter VGA DVI out Tobii Studio VGA DVI
178. icsstnavadenecesssdessvevaareasseeaseseeeeusssbarecedasbaseenasie 40 5 4 1 Auto generating SEQMEMNIS siiieenieciecdsacteeddasnceseetivececasPivecastePerecutenerrectsdesnrecsseetnenctiers 40 5 4 2 Generating segments manually ec ceeeeeeeeeneeeeee eee tree eee aaeeeeeeaaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeaeaes 41 5 4 3 Gr upihg SEGMENTS manatees an eian i aE EnaA E EE OEN 41 5 4 4 Exporting segments as videoS s ssssssssssssssrssrrsrnrrnntrnntennnnnnnnnnnnuntnuntnunnnnanennnneennnna 42 5 5 Creating scenes from dynamic Content essssssreesesssesrsrrerreeresessrnrnnerreeeusessrnrneereserusssneereeeeeees 43 5 5 1 Creating SCENO Susar rera a SA 43 5 5 2 Generating scenes automatically essssssrsrrrierssessrrrrrrrrruressnrrrnnrrnrurenrnsnnrnrrunennennn 44 5 5 3 Editing SCONGS sissiiscitestaeciinshteeesdassisatedenasaseedeard cies NaN ANE ANDA EONA TANAAN a 45 5 6 Exporting Recordings sesona E EE A E 45 5 7 Reviewing Glasses Dattaiiccccesssec ccsvanecpessaanec pi a E EARRA 46 5 8 Parallax Correction TO0l einans a AS 47 Denning MANS nunaa a a T A 49 6 1 FVII Fixation Fiter esiisa aitaa EA A a E aE e AE a aA E SNEEN 50 6 1 1 Gap fill in interpolation Default for I VT ececeeeceececeeeeeecenceeeeeeeesensneeeeeeeeeteneaes 51 6 1 2 Noise redutor iiris aaia a idana Ei aE 51 6 1 3 Velocity calculator Mandatory for I VT oo eeeeees ee eeeeees ee eeeeeesaaeeeeenaaaaeees 52 6 1 4 I VT fixation classifier Mandatory for VF oo
179. ide panel click to select the desired set of parameters 2 The parameter values corresponding to the selected preset will be loaded automatically One of the default presets for Clusters is Bee Swarm for details please read 7 4 2 Creating Bee Swarms Gaze plots are dependent on the fixation filters settings Fixation filters are responsible for determining the size and location of the fixation dots read more about fixation filters in 6 Defining fixations 62 7 Visualizing Eye Tracking Data User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 7 4 2 Creating Bee Swarms The bee swarm visualization is a dynamic representation of the fixations of one or a group of participants on top of a selected me dia The fixation of each participant is illustrated with a colored dot This type of visualization can be used to show or analyze how the overall distribution of fixations changes over time Bee swarm visualizations can be applied directly to video movie stimuli without the need of creating a set of scenes To create a bee swarm 1 Inthe Visualization area click the Gaze Plot tab 2 Inthe media list click a media element to select it 3 Select the Recordings check boxes to include the recordings in the analysis or clear the check boxes to remove the recordings 4 From the Preset dropdown list on the right side panel choose Bee Swarm 5 Click the play button to start the bee swarm video Use the stop and pause buttons to control the
180. iew time e g duration of the 1st visit to AO B duration of the 2nd visit to AOI B number of recordings mean Total Visit Duration on AOI B in Media 1 9 4 12 1 N value This statistic describes the N value used to calculate other descriptive statistics such as the mean and standard deviation In the current metric it represents the number of recordings and is calculated as follows Row settings When recordings are selected as table rows the N value will always be equal to 1 If participants are selected as table rows the N value will be equal to the number of recordings that participant has made with the same media element If participant groups are selected as rows then the N value will be equal to the number of recordings included in the group Summary columns In the AOI media summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x the number of AOls included in a single media element In the AOI group summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings and follows the rules described in the pre vious paragraph row settings In the AOI metric summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x the total number of AOls i e all AOls in cluded in all media elements 9 4 12 2 Brief description Duration of all visits within an AOI or an AOI group seconds 9 4 13 Total Visit Duration zeros seconds This metric is calculated in the same way as Total Visit Duration with
181. ii TX Series Eye Tracker setups can be found in the eye tracker user manual that is shipped with the eye tracker If the manual has been misplaced or lost you can download a PDF version of the manual from the Support amp Download section at www tobii com Detailed documentation on Tobii Studio timing of stimulus display as well as Tobii Eye Trackers sample timing information is available upon request Contact Tobii Support or your sales representative in your area to obtain a copy of the Timing Guide for Tobii Eye Trackers and the Eye Tracking Software whitepaper E Prime Extensions for Tobii combine E Prime Professional Stimulus Presentation Software with the ease of use of Tobii Eye Trackers and Tobii Studio s visualizations and AOI analysis The E Prime Extensions for Tobii includes the script necessary to integrate E Prime with Tobii Eye Tracking Technology E Prime Extensions for Tobii documentation can be downloaded from www tobii com Support amp Download section and http www pstnet com eprime cfm Support section To download the docu ments you need to have valid licenses for E Prime E Prime Extensions for Tobii and Tobii Studio Contact Tobii Support and register at the PST Web Support Site 1 6 Training Tobii Technology provides Tobii Studio online and onsite training Our training solutions are tailored to fit our clients knowledge levels and needs and cover everything from how to use our products to ba
182. imestamp 9 GazePointLeftX ADCSpx 10 GazePointLeftY ADCSpx 11 ValidityLeft 12 GazePointRightX ADCSpx 13 GazePointRightY ADCSpx 14 ValidityRight 10 10 Definitions of available data types This section defines available data types and their reference systems i Glasses note For parallax compensated Tobii Glasses recordings all exported gaze data has been remapped ac cording to the set distances Consult the Tobii Glasses user manual for further information about parallax compensation 124 10 Exporting Data User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 10 10 1 Coordinate systems All gaze data in Tobii Studio is mapped into a coordinate system There are three available coordinate systems described in the following sections 10 10 1 1 Active Display Coordinate System pixels ADCSpx Data types with the extension ADC Spx provide data mapped into a 2D coordinate system aligned with the Active Display Area When using a T series eye tracker the Active Display Area is the screen area For X series eye trackers the Active Display Area is the display area entered in the X configuration tool The origin of the Active Display Coordinate System pixel ADCSpx is at the upper left corner of the Active Display Area as illustrated in figure below For Tobii Glasses recordings the origin is at the top left of the scene camera video Active Display Coordinate System Pixels ADCSpx Calibration plane 10
183. in actual size but limited to the eye tracker s screen resolution and the screen resolution settings in Windows For example if you are using a Tobii T60 or T120 Eye Tracker the maximum video size is 1280x 1024 pix els while with a Tobii T6narlivs forturXL Eye Tracker the maximum is 1920x 1200 pixels Videos larger than the eye tracker s screen resolution will be cropped during the media element s presentation Use a video editing application such as Adobe Pre miere or VirtualDub to resize a video A video media file generally consists of a video data package containing a video header block and a video data block This type of file format is often called a container or wrapper e g AVI is a commonly used container for video media in Windows The vid eos added to a Tobii Studio test must be in AVI or ASF format AVI Audio Video Interleaved is a multimedia container format introduced by Microsoft in November 1992 as part of its Video for Windows technology AVI files contain both audio and video data as well as information on audio video synchrony The first frame in each recording is time stamped and the remaining frames are recorded without timestamp information AVI containers often suffer from frame losses during coding and processing of video data The absence of time stamped frames can lead to a loss of synchrony between the audio and video streams during playback To cope with frame losses Tobii Studio s replay tool stretches the vi
184. in the visualizations on the Visualization tab e Samples The quality of the recording is calculated using the number of eye tracking samples that were correctly identi fied 100 means that both eyes were found throughout the recording 50 that one eye was found for the full record ing or both eyes during half the time Note that the eyes cannot be found when a person is looking away from the screen this will result in a lower percentage If the test is performed so that the participant is asked questions during the record ing and occasionally looks at a test leader an alternative method should be considered e Participant The name of the test participant To show the Samples and Colors columns right click the recordings list select Show Columns and then select the parameter to be displayed To remove a column from the Recordings list repeat the process explained above and then clear the check marks for the respective columns All the recordings are selected by default i e check boxes are selected To remove a recording from the analysis clear the check box in the Recordings list associated with that recording Click the Check Uncheck button to toggle selection of all the recordings CEAN Using independent variables and segment groups to filter recordings Filtering allows you to restrict your data to a group of participants For example if you have created an independent variable called gender you can produce two separate heat maps for
185. ing the PDF presentation select Show page numbers This step is optional To choose how the PDF element ends and moves to the next element select one of the following options User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 4 Designing and Recording Tests 23 e Browse until last page The element will be displayed until the test participant reaches the last page of the PDF e Browse until F10 or ESC is pressed The PDF is displayed until F10 is pressed Thereafter the next media on the timeline will be shown If ESC is pressed the recording is aborted Please note that F10 and Esc are the default keys for moving to the next element and aborting the recording i You can change those from the Tobii Studio main menu by choosing Tools gt Settings and selecting the Re cording tab e Time limited The PDF element is displayed for a certain amount of time in seconds The display time can be changed by typing or selecting a time value in the Time limited box By default Tobii Studio displays the PDF document in actual size Zoom 100 It may therefore happen that the size of the PDF document does not match the test screen s size and if presented in actual size some parts of the document will not be dis played Use the Size options to adjust the PDF size for optimal viewing To set the PDF document size 1 Under Size on the PDF Element Setup screen select the Zoom option to manually set the size of the PDF as a percent age of
186. inted ads newspaper spreads and other documents that can be converted to PDF The PDF element allows participants to navigate through the PDF document using the left and right key to move back and forth between the pages in a very natural way of interaction Interactive features such as links are not supported by the PDF element It records also key presses and mouse clicks To add the element to the test 1 Drag the media element icon to the test workspace timeline indicated by the gray arrow in the user interface The media setup dialog box opens To name the PDF element 1 The software uses PDF Element as the default name You can change it by clicking in the Element Name field deleting the existing text and typing a new name To add a file to the PDF element en Click the Browse button to open the Open dialog box Locate the PDF file you want to add and click it Click Open to add the file to the element screen A preview of the document is shown below the PDF file name field Specify whether the PDF should be presented as single paged or as double paged side by side Magazine eN Skip this step if you have selected Single paged Select the Show front page as single page check box to display the first page of the PDF as a single page or as a book cover 6 Click the Advanced button to open the PDF Advanced Settings dialog box to change the background color and to se lect whether or not to Show page numbers dur
187. io 2 3 or later The menu option Launch Velocity Chart will appear grey for recordings made with previous versions of Tobii Studio e VelocityChart only supports the Raw data filter and the I VT fixation filter e VelocityChart plots one recording at the time and only the first 4000 samples of the recording Adjusting the data proc essing parameters to fit all recordings while still preserving fine grained fixations is a complex task that requires training and experience The default values have been set to work in most cases 14 2 2 Using VelocityChart to tune the Raw Data or the I VT Fixation filters VelocityChart is a separate software application but is launched from within Tobii Studio To launch the VelocityChart application 1 Select the Replay tab in Tobii Studio 2 Inthe Recordings pane right click on the recording you want to open in VelocityChart Click Launch VelocityChart The VelocityChart opens in a new window i Consider using a recording where the level of noise is relatively high when selecting which fixation filter settings to use for a study An indication of noise level may be the percentage of samples that was collected or if you noticed that the calibration of a specific participant showed long error vectors green lines in the calibration results read 4 3 2 Making recordings To apply the Raw Data l VT Fixation filter in VelocityChart 1 Inthe Menu bar click Settings 2 Select Filter Settings The dialog box h
188. io Participant naming for Tobii Glasses recordings P001 P002 P0O3 etc When you are finished click the Import button to import the selected recordings and snapshot images Tobii Studio will then import each Tobii Glasses Session as a Tobii Studio Recording Selecting the Video import check box in the Settings can repair corrupted video frames during import Only select this option if the originally imported video shows corrupted video frames Importing using this setting will take considerably longer time 4 Designing and Recording Tests User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 RevA en US 5 Replaying and Editing Recordings After the recordings have been completed you are ready to analyze the data The Replay tab in Tobii Studio provides you with a way to dynamically view the eye tracking recording and user camera video perform a basic qualitative analysis of a participant s behavior during the test record participant interviews Retrospective Think Aloud code events and edit recordings for further analysis During replay the gaze path video is overlaid on the stimuli regardless of the media type The Replay tab also integrates tools to create media elements scenes from video stimuli and dynamic web content e g Flash These scenes can then be used to produce visualizations in the Visualization tab and eye tracking metrics descriptive statistics based on Areas of Interest on the Statistics tab Design and Record Visualizations Areas
189. ion point is accomplished by using an approximation to the Gaussian curve that is com monly used in 2D image processing a Cubic Hermite Spline polynomial cspline The specific function of the polynomial that is used is t2 3 2t represented by the blue line in the graph below The orange line represents the fixation point and thus the maximum color value Heatmap Colour distribution Cubic Hermite Spline polynomial y t2 3 2t 1 1 fl a x 0 5 E Linear i interpolation 0 SSS Ss 100 pixels The radius of the function can be adjusted from the Settings panel on the right side of the window and is set by default at 50 pix els corresponding to a total kernel of 100 pixels This default kernel was calculated to reflect the human visual field i e the fact that the human eye has the highest visual acuity at the fovea and that the acuity decreases as we move away from this spot on the retina For example when we focus on a word in a text we are able to read the word and its immediate neighbors but not words a few centimeters away 66 7 Visualizing Eye Tracking Data User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US Since the kernel is set in pixels Tobii heat maps are dependent on screen resolution and less representative of the individual s fo veal vision if the participant varies his distance greatly to the stimulus The current kernel size is optimized for the Tobii T Series Eye Trackers standard screen resolution
190. ist as a single item This item can then be used to create visu alizations and statistics Dalia Automatic grouping using preset criteria When you perform a web recording each page visited is recorded automatically by the software By default when you open the Visualization tab for the first time after making a recording the web pages are grouped by Content ID The Group Criteria options are located in the top section of the Web Groups Tool dialog box Below these options you will find two lists Each list displays all the web frames visited during the web recordings When you click a row in the list a preview of the web page is displayed These two lists contain exactly the same web frames and web frame information The two lists allow you to visually compare two web frames and confirm whether the content is the same This feature also allows you to manually group web pages in a more efficient way by the use of drag and drop To change the grouping criteria 1 Select one of the Group Criteria options e URL All frames with the same web address will be placed in the same group The gaze data for the frames will be summarized and shown on one frame The background image page is specified by selecting the image page and clicking the Set As Group Image button e URL and Size If frames have the same web address but different sizes the frames will be divided into different groups Gaze data for all frames with the same web address and the sa
191. ith gaze data to the cluster e Recordings displays the percentage of recordings that have contributed with gaze data to the cluster 2 Drag the Threshold slider to set the distance threshold To change the font of the labels 1 Inthe Appearance amp Style area on the right side panel choose the font from the Font Family dropdown list 2 Select the Font Style 68 7 Visualizing Eye Tracking Data User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 3 Set the Font Size by typing the value or by using the arrow buttons To change the cluster image opacity 1 Inthe Appearance amp Style area on the right side panel drag the Opacity slider You can save a custom configuration of all the settings described above in order to use it at a later time without having to set each parameter manually again To save the customized settings 1 Select the parameter values as desired according to the steps described above 2 Inthe right side panel from the Preset dropdown list slect Save New Preset A dialog opens 3 Type in the name for the new set of customized settings and click Save You will be able to see the new name under the Preset dropdown list and you will be able to load it directly by selecting it To load a predefined set of parameters 1 From the Preset dropdown list in the right side panel click to select the desired set of parameters 2 The parameter values corresponding to the selected preset will be loaded automaticall
192. ive AOls will collect data This means that if there is a fixation on an AOI that goes from being inactive to active at some stage during the fixation only fixation data points from the interval where the AOI was active will be collected The same is true if the AOI goes from active to inactive The result of this is that fixations can be cut off when the AOI changes activation state active inactive Cut off fixations will affect all descriptive statistics relating to time e Dynamic AOls can move along user defined paths on the media This means that a dynamic AOI following its path can potentially move to cover an already ongoing fixation Only the fixation data points from the interval where the active AOI covers the fixation will be collected The same is true if the AOI moves away from on ongoing fixation The result of this is that fixations can be cut off when the AOI moves Cut off fixations will affect all descriptive statistics relating to time To add media to your analysis click the Add buttons next to the items in the media list or click Add all media to add all the media included in the Test Media Type AOI Group or Participant views depending how the media is organized When the mouse pointer is placed over an item in the media list a preview thumbnail of that item is displayed When you add a media item to the analysis it will be displayed in the Selected Media list A media item can be removed from the
193. l degrees per second s If the velocity of the eye movement is below a certain thresh old the samples are classified as part of a fixation The Tobii I VT filter is developed to work for stationary eye trackers In most cases the Tobii I VT fixation filter will correctly classify fixations in recordings made with previous versions of Tobii Studio However since the new I VT fixation filter requires accurate 3D positioning of the eyes it may fail to correctly classify eye tracking data from recordings made with previous versions of Tobii Studio where Tobii X series eye trackers stand alone eye tracker without a built in screen have been used 50 6 Defining fixations User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US The I VT fixation filter will fail to correctly classify eye tracking data recorded with Tobii Glasses even though the I VT fixation filter may be enabled by default during analysis of snapshots Tobii Glasses users should manually switch from I VT fixation filter to Raw data filter For information concerning limitations of the Raw data filter applied on Tobii Glasses recordings please refer to the Tobii Glasses User manual The default values of the I VT fixation filter parameters have been set to provide accurate fixation classifications for the most com mon eye tracking use cases e g web market research and standard reading studies However depending on the type of eye tracking study conducted the settings in the I VT fi
194. lag adjustment feature was not active during the Start Time Offset measurements for images 14 1 2 This offset measures the difference between the view time value set in the Image Properties box Image Element setup and the actual duration of the image presentation on the screen Current tests show that when the view time is set to a value equal or above 1000 ms it will be displayed for an average of 104 112 of the set time view value e g at 1000 ms the stimulus is dis played on the screen between 1075 1140 ms whereas for view times below 1000 ms e g 500 or 200 ms the average re corded duration can vary between 120 and 153 of the view time setting value Display view time offset images The figure below displays the distribution of the duration of the actual image presentation on the screen according to four View Time values 200 500 1000 and 3000 ms Recording performance is relatively more accurate when the View Time is set to val ues above 1000 ms User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 14 Appendixes 147 f 200ms Fean 306 40 Std Dev 25 23 N 400 250 200 150 l o oO 280 300 320 30 Measured time shown ms 380 9 1000ms Mean 1121 04 Std Dev 19 12 N 400 250 200 gt rd 3 g 150 100 s he 1080 1100 Tiz0 Tiao Measured time shown ms 1160 250 200 Frequency g Mean 601 25 Std Dev 24 60 N 400 500ms 600 620 640 660 Measu
195. led on all Microsoft computers The Tobii Studio installation in cludes the Techsmith codec If you wish to use other codecs you must ensure that the correct video codecs are installed Tobii Studio does not support the use of codec packages For information on accuracy of video presentation in Tobii Studio please read 14 1 Appendix A Tobii Studio critical timing information 4 1 2 4 Web The Web media element is used to display webpages to participants during a recording In order to use this element during a re cording your computer needs to be connected to the Internet or the websites need to be stored locally on your computer Tobii Studio uses the website s URL or a local address to open the site in Internet Explorer and automatically records all mouse clicks key strokes and webpages visited during the test Currently Internet Explorer is the only browser supported by Tobii Studio s Web element To add the element to the test 1 Drag the media element icon to the test workspace timeline indicated by the gray arrow in the user interface The media setup dialog box opens To name the Web element 1 The software uses Web Element as the default name You can change it by clicking in the Element Name field deleting the existing text and typing a new name To add a start URL and change the browser settings 1 Click the Start URL field and type a URL or a local computer address you do not need to type http
196. lication to examine the noise reduction effects while applying and adjusting the parameters in the Noise reduction function Yarbus L 1967 Eye Movements and Vision Translated from the Russian edition Moscow 1965 by Basil Haigh Lorrin A Riggs Translation Ed Plenum New York 1967 xiv 222 pp User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 6 Defining fixations 55 6 4 2 2 MovingMedian The Moving Median noise reduction function is accessible using the I VT fixation filter and the Raw data filter Statistically the moving average function is optimal for recovering eye movement data in the eye tracking data series if the fluctu ations are normally distributed such as noise around a fixation However a normal distribution does not place high probability on large deviations which occur once a saccade take place This explains why the edge between a fixation and a saccade will be disproportionally smoothed in the output data If the fluctuations are instead assumed to be Laplace distributed the moving me dian is statistically optimal For a given variance the Laplace distribution places higher probability on rare events such as sac cades than does the normal This explains why the moving median noise reduction function tolerates saccades better than the moving average noise reduction function and why the median noise reduction filter better preserves the amplitude of the saccade velocity The median noise reduction function is a symmet
197. line This feature allows you to locate and nav igate quickly to different parts of the recordings The filter will display events that contain the text you typed To filter events 1 Select the recording you want to work with from the Recordings list 2 In the filter field located in the upper part of the Events list type the first letters you want to start filtering by 3 All other events in the Events list and bookmarks in the timeline that do not satisfy the filter criteria will be hidden 4 Click the event you wanted to locate and the timeline marker will jump to the point on the recording when that specific event occurred To turn off the filter delete the text in the filter field 5 4 Creating video segments A segment is a section of a Tobii Studio recording The start and end point of the segment can be set manually using the timeline marker or automatically using events Segments are commonly used to create video exports of the gaze replay or to select data for analysis or export Exported videos can then be viewed with external media players Segments can also be used to create scenes In this case the segment determines the section of the recording that contains the relevant gaze data to create visualizations or calculate eye tracking metrics 5 4 1 Auto generating segments Before generating the segments you first need to identify or create the events that you will use to determine the start and end points Read the previ
198. list by clicking the Remove button To clear the Selected Media list click Remove All All items selected on the left are displayed in the Select Media list When you are finished selecting the media click the Analyze Selected Media button to close the browser or Cancel to quit the media browser without selecting a media item 86 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 9 2 Selecting data The Data Selection pane allows you to select the recordings AOls or AOI groups you want to include or exclude from the analy sis For example you can select a subset of the recordings for analysis by using filters based on participant independent varia bles or based on segment groups for information on segment groups please read 5 4 3 Grouping Segments The Data Selection pane is divided into two distinct sections the Recordings and Areas of Interest list boxes 9 2 1 Choosing recordings The Recordings list is located on the Data Selection panel and displays all the recordings associated with the selected media The list can be used to select the recordings that will be included in the analysis Each recording is displayed as a row and con tains the following information e Name ID of the recording e Date Shows the time and date when the recording was performed e Duration The duration of the recording in seconds e Color The color used to identify the recording on the timeline and
199. llows you to set the appearance of the legend AOls and mouse clicks e Selection pane on the left side This is where you can select the media recordings and AOls used to produce the visual izations For details read 7 1 Selecting media and 7 2 Selecting recordings User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 7 Visualizing Eye Tracking Data 57 e Visualization pane This is the main area where you can view the different visualizations view the recording timeline play back and also change viewing settings To create a visualization 1 Inthe Selection pane click a media element in the media list to select it For details please read 7 1 Selecting media 2 Now select the Recordings check boxes to include the recordings in the visualization Clear the check boxes to remove the recordings For more information on filtering the recordings please read 7 2 Selecting recordings 3 Click a visualization tab Gaze Plot Heat Map or Cluster to display the results in the Visualization pane For more infor mation about each visualization type please read 7 4 Creating gaze plots 7 5 Creating heat maps and 7 6 Creating clusters 4 Click the Play button to replay the selected recordings For more details on how to use the timeline please read 7 7 Using the timeline 5 You can export the visualizations by clicking the Export button and choosing one of the options according to your needs For details on how to export visualizations please read
200. ls menu on Tobii Studio s menu bar and click Settings 2 On the Screen and Video Capture tab enable user sound recording by selecting the Record user sound check box and then selecting your audio source click the Audio Source drop down box and select the appropriate microphone 3 Click OK to accept the changes or Cancel to close the window and disregard the changes 4 On the Replay tab select the recording in the Recordings list that you wish to show the participant during the RTA or to associate with the RTA recording 5 Click the RTA icon on the Replay header 6 Inthe Start Retrospective Think Aloud Recording dialog box enter a name for the recording in the Recording Name field If you do not enter a name for the recording Tobii Studio will name it automatically by using the name of the recording you have selected in step 4 and adding RTA as a suffix 7 Click Start Recording to start the RTA session Above the Replay header a light gray tab indicates that the RTA record ing mode is active The duration of the recording is shown at the upper right Retrospective Think Aloud 0 min 22 sec Stop RTA 8 During RTA recording you can use the playback controls to move through the original recording Use other features in Tobii Studio such as the Visualization tab to display gaze plots and heat maps and any Windows application Tobii Stu dio must be minimized 9 You can click the Full Screen button or right click th
201. lt calibration process in Tobii Studio consists of a presentation of five calibration dots on a plain colored background The dots are presented successively and the participant must focus his or her visual attention on the center of the dots You can customize various features of the calibration procedure such as changing the number and color of the dots the background col or and the type of calibration stimuli and you can also perform the calibration manually To access the calibration settings 1 Click the Setup icon in the Design and Record tab 2 Select Settings 3 Inthe Global Settings dialog box click the Calibration tab 4 Now select a calibration type You can choose between Regular Manual or Infant calibration 4 3 1 1 Regular calibration Regular calibration is the default calibration in Tobii Studio Other than a few specific situations Regular calibration should be used as the standard type of calibration procedure The default settings for Regular calibration are set to five calibration points the color of the points is red the background is gray the speed is set to medium and the calibration is set to use the full screen Presentation of the dots is sequential and fully automatic To change the Regular calibration settings User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 4 Designing and Recording Tests 29 1 Click the Foreground Color drop down list and select the color for the points 2 Set the calibration sp
202. lter can be adjusted to better suit the particular study to get finer grained fixa tion data or to compensate for high levels of noise It is strongly recommended that you use the VelocityChart application to examine the effects of the filter settings when setting the parameters in the I VT fixation filter The data processing functions within the I VT fixation filter are described in the sections below For additional information about the fixation filters please read the following Tobii whitepapers that can be found on i Tobii website under the Library section e Tobii I VT Fixation Filter Algorithm Description e Determining the Tobii I VT Fixation Filter s Default Values 6 1 1 Gap fill in interpolation Default for I VT The purpose of the Gap fill in function is to fill in data where valid data is missing For example this is to prevent a fixation in which a few samples are missing as being interpreted as two separate fixations Such loss of valid data can occur due to temporary re flections in the participant s eyes or glasses etc In these cases the data loss is usually limited to a short period of time typically less than 50 ms Data can also be lost due to legitimate reasons such as the participant blinking or looking away These kinds of data losses usually result in data gaps longer than 100 ms Losing data in these latter cases may be perfectly fine for applications of eye tracking where attention is measured since p
203. m Count Seconds Se Cou d Seconds Seconds s Seconds Seconds Count Count Seconds Participant Groups pa male 13 0 99 12 89 18 1 25 22 44 16 1 64 26 18 18 1 06 19 01 female 18 0 92 16 64 18 1 42 25 56 19 1 10 20 92 19 1 07 20 29 young men 13 0 99 12 89 16 1 25 19 93 14 1 62 22 62 16 1 08 17 23 young women All Participants 44 0 96 42 42 52 1 31 67 93 43 1 42 69 73 53 1 07 56 54 The Table columns headings are composed of 4 rows that follow a specific hierarchical order The first row displays the metrics columns the second row shows the media columns the third row displays the different AOI and or AOI groups columns and the fourth row shows the descriptive statistics columns The row s title is displayed in the first column of the table The heading and content of this column changes according to the set tings in the Row list box in the Statistics toolbar The last row of data in the table displays a summary of the data from all the table rows Above the table you can view a brief description of the metrics selected to generate the tables The Table properties are available when you click the Table button In the toolbar located at the top of the Statistics workspace you can customize which descriptive statistics you want to display in the table the option to show participant variables and the table cell format 92 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US
204. mance and therefore lead to missed stimulus onsets when running complex stimuli on high resolution high refresh rate displays especially when using older mobile graphics chips with a low amount of local video RAM User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 14 Appendixes 149 e Test the timing of your setup by following the test procedures described in Tobii Studio Timing Testing Guide lines Contact Tobii Support or your sales representative if you wish to receive a copy of the document Recommended stimulus Stimulus Format Codec Size Frame rate 1280x1024 Image JPEG BMP 1920x1200 T60 XL 7 Techsmith1 dviX 1280x1024 f Viden AVI MV1 XviD 1920x1200 T60 XL aximum 25 fps For information about the minimum system requirements and recommendations for optimal performance please read the Tobii System Requirements and Recommendations available at www tobii com under the Support and Downloads section Detailed documentation on Tobii Studio timing of stimulus display as well as Tobii Eye Trackers sample timing information is avail able upon request Contact Tobii Support or your sales representative in your area to obtain a copy of Timing Guide for Tobii Eye Trackers and the eye tracking software whitepaper 14 2 VelocityChart Visualizing eye tracking data on a timeline VelocityChart in Tobii Studio plots the angular eye velocity gaze coordinates raw or processed and the classified fi
205. me interval is set by the parameter window length in the Velocity calculator function The Velocity Calculator will only produce velocity output data if the entire win dow contains input data This means that gaps in the input data like the ones caused by blinks will result in larger gaps in the output data The size of the output gap will be equal to the input gap plus the number of data points included by the window length parameter The default value of the parameter window length is 20 ms The default value is based on Tobii internal test results which are ex plained in the whitepaper Determining the Tobii I VT Fixation Filter s Default Values available on the Tobii website The velocity data is only accessible for the user through VelocityChart text export 6 1 4 I VT fixation classifier Mandatory for I VT The I VT fixation classifier is based on the I VT Velocity Threshold identification fixation filter as described by Salvucci and Goldberg 2000 and Komogortsev et Al 2010 It is a threshold function that operates on eye tracking data where each data point has an assigned angular velocity In Tobii Studio angular velocity is assigned to eye tracking data in the Velocity calculator data processing function as described in the previous section The I VT fixation classifier applies an angular velocity threshold on each data point The threshold value is given in degrees sec ond and is adjusted by setting the parameter Velocit
206. me size will be summarized and shown on 58 7 Visualizing Eye Tracking Data User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US one frame The background image page is specified by selecting the image page and clicking the Set As Group Im age button e Name Pages with the same name are grouped pages with different URLs can have the same name e Content ID Pages with the same URL or name might have different content IDs Selecting this grouping option will group pages that have the same ID i e that have the same content look and URL e Manual The frames have to be grouped manually 2 To confirm whether the grouping is valid click two different web frames one in each list belonging to the same group and compare the preview image If necessary repeat this procedure for all frames and all the groups If frames are mis placed and the grouping thus has a strong impact in the quality of your analysis use another grouping criterion 3 Set the web group background image by clicking the web frame to select it and clicking the Set As Group Image button 4 By default the name of the group is the same as the frame that is used as a background image Double click the group row and type a new name for the group if you wish to change it 5 Click OK to accept the changes and wait while Tobii Studio saves the changes 6 Each group is displayed in the media list as a single media item Volo Manual Grouping If for some reason the frames ar
207. media is displayed several times with other media in between the reported time will be the sum of the each time the media containing the AOI was viewed until the participant clicks on the AOI the other media view times are excluded from the calculations i The activation state active inactive of the AOI does not affect the counting starting point Even if the AOI is inactive time will be started and measured If at the end of the recording the participant has not clicked on the AOI the Time to First Mouse Click value will not be computed and that recording will thus not be included in the descriptive statistics calculations e g when computing N i When browsing a website or PDF document each visited web URL and PDF page will become a unique media element 1 If the Web Groups tool is used to group two or more URLs the group and not the URL will become a unique media element User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics 1441 9 4 20 1 N value This statistic describes the N value used to calculate other descriptive statistics such as the mean and standard deviation In the current metric it represents the number of recordings and is calculated as follows Row settings When recordings are selected as table rows the N value will always be equal to 1 If participants are selected as table rows the N value will be equal to the number of recordings that participant has made
208. ment on the timeline and select Preview Test from the context menu 2 You can press the F10 key to move on to the next media element or press the ESC key to end the preview Please note that F10 and Esc are the default keys for moving to the next element and aborting the recording Li You can change those from the Tobii Studio main menu by choosing Tools gt Settings and selecting the Re cording tab 26 4 Designing and Recording Tests User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 RevA en US To preview individual media elements 1 Right click the media element 2 Select Preview Element from the context menu or press F11 3 Press the ESC key to end the preview 4 1 7 Creating new tests Tobii Studio projects can contain multiple tests all with their own timeline These tests can be used to present different tasks to the same participants or to present the same media in different orders which is useful for factorial design experiments To create a new test 1 Click Add Test after having clicked the Test drop down button the folder symbol which is in the upper left corner and displays the current test s name 2 Type aname for the new test in the Test Name field and click Create The description is optional To change between existing tests 1 Click the Test button to see the Tests in the current project 2 Click the test you want to work with To copy media elements within a test or between tests but within the same project
209. n StudioEventData Displays the name of the media element webpage URL or PDF page For Manual logging it displays the text entered in the log message For further informa tion please read the following section ExternalEventIndex Represents the order in which external events were logged during the recording The index is an auto in crement number starting with 1 first event detected Count 128 10 Exporting Data User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 RevA en US Recording event data Description Format Reference system ExternalEvent Type of event logged by an external device ExternalEventValue Value of external event EventMarkerValue is off or on e O off e 1 on Reports whether the signal on the TX300 s sync port 10 10 6 1 StudioEvent StudioEventData The table below describes the Tobii Studio generated events in detail StudioEvent StudioEventData Description InstructionStart The name of the instruction ele ment on the timeline gEnded InstructionEnd The name of the instruction ele ment on the timeline ImageStart The name of the image file ImageEnd The name of the image file MovieStart The name of the movie file MovieEnd The name of the movie file ScreenRecStarted N A This event is created when a screen recording starts When a web stimulus is used there will be a Scr
210. n 2 Inthe same row type the answers separated by a comma and space in the second column 3 Type aname for the variable in the same row in a third column 4 Select the three cells and copy them as shown below 22 4 Designing and Recording Tests User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US Insert Page Layout Formulas Data Review View Add Ins Acrobat Aa Ge v General X E E _ Haam a mAP x elete Paste B U HD A z l E Rr G Conditional Format Cell Sort amp Find vg Formatting as Table Styles Ea Format lt 27 Filter Selec Clipboard E Alignment FI Number Styles Cells Editing A3 K Fe How often do you use the internet I I I he G Tit tiAa SH OD A 0 00 Z amp H 9 A BB How often do you use the internet every day few times per week few times per month Paste Paste Special Insert Delete Clear Contents Filter gt Sort gt Format Cells a Insert Comment Ey Pick From Drop down List Name a Range N Hyperlink 1 In the Questionnaire element setup dialog box in Tobii Studio click in the Question list frame 2 Use your keyboard shortcut keys to paste CTRL V the question into the Questions list Multiple rows of questions can be added from Excel at the same time 4 1 2 9 PDF The PDF media element is used to display PDF documents facilitating the display of magazine spreads pr
211. n loads section and if you have trouble using the Optimal setting such as the image freezing during the recording or preview etc Typical timing results on recommended systems lt 50ms or better e Compatible is the image timing settings used in Tobii Studio 3 0 x versions and lower This is to be used only if you ex perience problems in using both Optimal and Good options or when you are replicating a study that was performed us ing an earlier version of Tobii Studio 3 0 x or lower and you wish to compare the results Please note that the following features are not supported with this option e Light sensor box Stim Tracker e Display lag adjustment The display lag adjustment feature enables you to correct the ImageStart event timestamps event that represents the instant To bii Studio recorded as the start of an image presentation and minimize the offset introduced by the monitor performance More specifically it is used to account for the vertical synch frequency cycles of the screen controller card of your monitor Most moni tors will take the period of at least 1 vertical synch cycle e g a 60Hz monitor will take at least 16 6 ms until the whole image on the screen is updated however the extent to which an image is buffered before being presented and the response time of the pixels can vary greatly between monitors The Frames and Milliseconds setting boxes can be used to change the value of the offset compensation for the Star
212. n AOI becomes active 1 Inthe Areas of Interest tab move the Time indicator slider to the key frame where the AOI becomes active 2 Note the current time displayed above the video controls 3 Inthe Statistics tab on the toolbar click the Media time button the Media Time dialog opens 4 In the Media Time dialog enter the AOls start time you just noted and click Done WARNING Changing the data collec tion Starting Time will affect all metrics in the table 9 4 22 Time from First Fixation to Next Mouse Click seconds This metric measures the time from the first fixation within an active AOI or AOI group until the participant left clicks within the same active AOI or AOI group The time measurement starts when the participant fixates on the active AOI for the first time and stops when the participant clicks on the same active AOI When using AOI groups the time measurement starts and stops when the participant fixates and clicks on any of the active AOls belonging to the group If during the recording media not containing the AOI is viewed between the first fixation on the active AOI and the mouse click in the active AOI Time from First Fixation to Next Mouse Click will be calculated by adding each recorded media time of the media containing the AOI until the participant clicked the active AOI Recording time of media not containing the AOI is excluded from the calculations i The activation state active inactive of the AOI does
213. n order to produce visualizations and to extract AOI statistics from media elements that display dynamic content i e movies screen recordings external video scene camera and web pages containing flash elements A scene contains two elements a static image set by the user that is used as the background for the visualizations and the gaze data from the section of the recording where the image was extracted After being created each scene will be available in the media list of the Visualization tab and in the media browser on the Statis tics tab 5 5 1 Creating scenes Scenes can be created directly in the timeline using the timeline marker to select the period of interest or generated from exist ing segments Creating scenes from segments is useful when using events to set the start and end points of the section of the recording covered by the scene To create a scene using the timeline marker 1 Select the recording you want to use to create the scene and make sure the Scenes pane is visible 2 Drag the timeline marker to the location in the timeline where you wish to set the start of the scene 3 Drag the right handle of the timeline marker to set the end position The red color indicates the section on the timeline that is currently selected The starting and end point can be moved by dragging their respective markers 4 Right click the selection and click Create Scene from Selection 5 The new scene is displ
214. nce and then press and hold the SHIFT key while clicking the last one All the elements between the two clicks are selected including the two clicked 2 Right click the media element 3 Select Copy from the context menu 4 Click the media element in the timeline that you would like to paste after to the right of right click and select Paste from the context menu To change the position of a media element in the timeline 1 Select the media element or elements 2 Drag the media to the new position on the timeline To edit the media element presentation properties 1 Right click the media element 2 Select Edit in the context menu The Media Element Setup dialog box opens 24 4 Designing and Recording Tests User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 3 Make the necessary changes to the media element 4 Click OK to accept the changes and close the dialog box 4 1 4 Counterbalancing the presentation order of media elements The Counterbalancing feature in Tobii Studio allows you to counterbalance the presentation order of the media elements during the recordings Tobii Studio does this by arranging the media elements selected for counterbalancing according to a Latin Square method and holding all other media elements in their fixed position The Latin Square method allows you to control for order effects introduced by the media presentation order and position by en suring that e Each recording contains ever
215. nd the second level a list of the individual AOls belonging to that media Each AOI row contains the AOI name a check 88 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US box that you can select or clear for AOI analysis and the color used to display the AOI in charts The color of an AOI can be edited by clicking the color button and selecting a color from the color palette Click the Check Uncheck button to toggle selection of all the AOls Note that clicking the Check Uncheck button toggles selec tion of the individual AOls and does not influence the AOI groups Selection of an AOI group is toggled by clicking the check boxes associated with the AOI group Select the Show Not on AOI check box to include fixation or mouse click data that is not included in any of the AOls in the analysis The not on AOI data will be displayed per media 9 3 Building Statistics tables and charts The Statistics workspace consists of toolbars for defining how the data is presented in the tables and charts You can select AOI metrics create and view tables and charts and change the statistics settings and properties The results from your AOI anal ysis are displayed in the central section of the Statistics workspace This section is called the Statistics Display Area The analy sis output can be a descriptive statistics table or chart and depends on the Statistics or Table and Charts toolbar settings
216. ner to resize the display window To change the opacity of the User Camera display 1 Position the mouse on the User Camera display window the Opacity control slider appears at the bottom of the User Camera display window 2 On the Opacity control slider drag the slider handle to change the opacity of the User Camera display 11 7 Turning on and off the Gaze overlay To turn the Gaze overlay in Tobii Studio Remote Viewer on or off do one of the following e On the Tobii Studio Remote Viewer toolbar in the View drop down menu click Gaze Data Overlay e Inthe View menu click Gaze Data Overlay e While the Tobii Studio Remote Viewer application window is active press CTRL G on the keyboard 11 8 Turning on and off the Mouse Click Overlay To turn the Mouse Click Overlay in Tobii Studio Remote Viewer on or off do one of the following e On the Tobii Studio Remote Viewer toolbar in the View drop down menu click Mouse Click Overlay e In the View menu click Mouse Click Overlay e While the Tobii Studio Remote Viewer application window is active press CTRL M on the keyboard 11 9 Disconnecting from Tobii Studio To disconnect the Tobii Studio Remote Viewer from Tobii Studio e On the Tobii Studio Remote Viewer toolbar click the Disconnect button 11 10 Troubleshooting and technical notes 11 10 1 Tobii Studio Remote Viewer firewall settings As with all applications sending data over a network it might be necessary t
217. ngs In the AOI metric summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x the total number of AOls i e all AOls in cluded in all media elements User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics 97 9 4 3 2 Brief description The time from the start of the media display until the test participant fixates on the AOI or AOI group for the first time seconds 9 4 3 3 Aligning the metric starting time with the AOls active starting point in time To start counting at the same time an AOI becomes active 9 4 4 Fixations Before count This metric measures the number of times the participant fixates on the media before fixating on an AOI or AOI group for the first time The fixation count starts when the media containing the AOI is first displayed and it stops when the participant fixates on the AOI When using AOI groups the fixation count stops when the participant fixates on any of the AOls belonging to the group If during the recording the same media is displayed several times with other media in between only the fixations on the media containing the AOI are counted fixations on the other media are excluded from the calculations i The activation state active inactive of the AOI does not affect the counting starting point Even if the AOI is inactive counting will be started If at the end of the recording the participant has not fixated on the AOI the Fi
218. not affect the counting starting point Even if the AOI is inactive time will be started and measured If at the end of the recording the participant has not fixated and clicked on the AOI the Time from First Fixation to First Mouse Click value will not be computed and that recording will thus not be included in the descriptive statistics calculations e g when computing N 114 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US i When browsing a website or PDF document each visited web URL and PDF page will become a unique media element 1 If the Web Groups tool is used to group two or more URLs the group and not the URL will become a unique media element Time from First Fixation to Next Mouse Click Measured in seconds Fixations on media size indicates duration Gos 090 OO WOO Media 2 view time Media 1 view time X h Time from First Fixation to Next Mouse Click on AOI B in Media 1 9 4 22 1 N value This statistic describes the N value used to calculate other descriptive statistics such as the mean and standard deviation In the current metric it represents the number of recordings and is calculated as follows Row settings When recordings are selected as table rows the N value will always be equal to 1 If participants are selected as table rows the N value will be equal to the number of recordings that participant has made with the same medi
219. ns Clicking the Show all warning and instruction dialog boxes button removes the check marks from all dialog boxes in which the Don t show this again option was selected By default the Remote Viewer and track status window will be displayed at the last location secondary or primary screen where they were active If their previous location was on a secondary screen which is no longer connected they will not be shown on the primary screen By clicking Forget Remote Viewer window position they will be shown on the primary screen again 144 12 General Settings User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 13 Tobii Studio media limitations Below is a list of the maximum number of media files the amount of recordings and the duration of media presentation that can be used in a test 1280 x 1024 pixels screen image resolution e 500 images each image presented for 1 second up to 150 recordings e 4 images each image presented for 5 seconds maximum 1200 recordings e 32 movies that are 20 seconds long up to 150 recordings 1280 x 720 pixels movie resolution e 10 movies 20 seconds long gt up to 150 recordings 1280 x 720 pixels movie resolution 1920 x 1200 pixels screen image resolution e 20 movies 20 seconds long up to 150 recordings 1920 x 1200 pixels movie resolution i The limitations are only valid for tests run on a computer fulfilling the recommendations in the Tobii Studio System Re quirements
220. ns in the context menu 3 Select the information you want to display on each row To sort the list by a particular column Click the header of the column you want the list to be sorted by Participant Recording Duration Samples or Date Types of information e Recording ID of the recording e Date Shows the time and date when the recording was performed e Duration The duration of the recording in seconds e Color The color used to identify the recording on the timeline and in the visualizations User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 7 Visualizing Eye Tracking Data 59 e Samples The quality of the recording is calculated using the number of eye tracking samples that were correctly identi fied 100 means that both eyes were found throughout the recording 50 that one eye was found for the full record ing or both eyes during half the time Note that the eyes cannot be found when a person is looking away from the screen this will result in a lower percentage If the test is performed so that the participant is asked questions during the record ing and occasionally looks at a test leader an alternative method should be considered e Participant The name of the test participant To change the color of a recording 1 Click the Color square corresponding to the recording that you want to change the color of A dialog box is displayed 2 Select the color for the recording by either selecting one of the Basic Colors in the box
221. ns prior to Tobii Studio 2 3 O is the top edge of the image 1 is the bottom edge PupilLeft Estimated size of the left eye pupil The To bii Eye Trackers aim to measure the true pupil size i e the algorithms take into ac count the magnification effect given by the spherical cornea as well as the distance to the eye Millimeters PupilRight Estimated size of the right eye pupil The Tobii Eye Trackers aim to measure the true pupil size i e the algorithms take into ac count the magnification effect given by the spherical cornea as well as the distance to the eye Millimeters 132 10 Exporting Data User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 RevA en US Gaze tracking data Description Format Reference system ValidityLeft Indicates the confidence level that the left eye has been correctly identified The val ues range from 0 high confidence to 4 eye not found 0 1 2 3 4 ValidityRight Indicates the confidence level that the right eye has been correctly identified The values range from O high confidence to 4 eye not found 0 1 2 3 4 10 10 9 1 ValidityLeft Right The validity code is an estimate of how certain the eye tracker is that the data given for an eye really originates from that eye The validity code scale starts at 0 which signifies eye certainly found and stops at 4 which signifies eye not found The validity codes can only app
222. nt metric it represents the number of recordings and is calculated as follows Row settings When recordings are selected as table rows the N value will always be equal to 1 If participants are selected as table rows the N value will be equal to the number of recordings that participant has made with the same media element When participant groups are selected as rows then the N value will be equal to the number of recordings included in the group Summary columns In the AOI media summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x the number of AOls included in a single media element In the AOI group summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings and follows the rules described in the pre vious paragraph row settings In the AOI metric summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x the total number of AOls i e all AOls in cluded in all media elements User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics 109 Percentage Clicked Participant 1 amp Participant 2 Measured in Media 1 view time Participant 2 clicks Participant 1 clicks Participant 1 clicks on AOI A in Media 1 on AO B in N 1 on AOI A in Media 1 N of recordings where the participant clicked on the AOI at least o1 otal N of recordings x 100 Percentage Clicked e g Fixated for AOI A 100 Clicked for AOI B 50 9 4 17 2 Bri
223. o configure the firewalls involved in the setup The ports used by the applications which should be opened e Tobii Studio recording computer UDP 10200 10201 e Tobii Studio Remote Viewer UDP 11200 11201 Due to differences in firewall implementations no general guidelines can be given on how to configure the firewalls to allow for communication between Tobii Studio and the Tobii Studio Remote Viewer but in most cases manually opening these ports will be sufficient However in some cases the applications themselves have to be allowed to communicate over the network Please consult your firewall manual for further information on how to open ports and allow applications to access the network 11 10 2 Tobii Studio Remote Viewer LAN requirements Transfer of video and audio over a network requires a high bandwidth When using the Tobii Studio Remote Viewer it is required to use a gigabit network that supports Jumbo frames Ideally the network should be devoted to the transfer of data between the computer running Tobii Studio and the computer running the Tobii Studio Remote Viewer Jumbo frames are Ethernet frames with more than 1500 bytes of payload Many Gigabit Ethernet switches and Gigabit Ethernet network interface cards support jumbo frames 136 11 Tobii Studio Remote Viewer User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 12 General Settings Prior to a test session it is important to ensure that both the Tobii Studio software and
224. ol Polygon Tool Ellipse Tool Rectangle Tool Pan Media Tool Zoom Tool Toggle Fot to Window 100 gt TIN r DB mM v lt H o c ss o Appearance menu Video Replay control shortcuts after video control buttons have been clicked with the mouse LEFT ARROW Step back 1 video frame SHIFT LEFTARROW Step back 1 second ALT LEFT ARROW Step back 5 seconds CTRL LEFT ARROW Step back 60 seconds RIGHT ARROW Step forward 1 videoframe SHIFT RIGHTARROW Step forward 1 second ALT RIGHT ARROW Step forward 5 seconds CTRL RIGHTARROW Step forward 60 seconds Dedicated keyboard replay buttons Media Play Pause button Toggle Play Pause video replay Media Stop button Pause video replay Media Previous track button Go to previous AOI Key frame Selected AOI Media Next track button Go to next AOI Keyframe Selected AOI 84 ls Creating and Managing Areas of Interest User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 RevA en US 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics The Tobii Studio Statistics tool is used to calculate and display eye and mouse tracking metrics descriptive statistics These met rics are calculated based on user defined Areas of Interest AOls and data selection time intervals The data that results from the analysis is displayed in the form of a table and or chart The Tobii Studio Statistics tool support
225. omputer Eye tracker Windows OS Offset ms connector meants d Single image DVI Nvidia T5400 T120 XP 1945 DVI ATl T5400 T120 XP 155 VGA Nvidia M6300 T60 XP 4347 DVI Nvidia M6300 T60 XP 389 4 DVI Nvidia M6400 T60 Vista Classic 4346 Single video DVI Nvidia T5400 T120 XP 2545 DVI ATl T5400 T120 XP 305 VGA Nvidia M6300 T60 XP 3347 DVI Nvidia M6300 T60 XP 35 9 Graphics card Nvidia NVidia Quadro FX570 256MB T5400 NVIDIA Quadro FX 1600M 256MB M6300 NVIDIA Quadro FX 2700M Graphics with 512MB M6400 ATI ATI FireGL V3300 128MB Windows Vista appearance settings optimized for better performance In addition to the stimuli display offsets you can also encounter video and sound capture offsets that are caused by the latency between image recording or capture e g at image sensor exposure when using a camera and the Tobii Studio timestamps Shows the different configurations of computer hardware operative system and stimulus that have been used to test the stimulus display start timing and duration offset Computer Dell T5500 Dell M6600 Mobile Workstation Workstation OS Windows 7 Windows XP Windows 7 Tobii Eye Trackers T6OXL amp T120 T6OXL amp T120 T6OXL Image offset 3 1 0 6542 beta 3 1 0 6545 beta 3 1 0 6542 beta Video offset 3 1 0 6542 beta 3 1 0 6545 beta 3 1 0 6542 beta Image duration 3 1 0 6542 beta Intel Xeon E5540 2 53GHz 4GB
226. omputer and Information Science Espoo Finland PASCAL EU Network of Excel lence challenge Komogortsev et Al 2010 Standardization of Automated Analyses of Oculomotor Fixation and Saccadic Behaviors IEEE Trans actions on Biomedical Engineering vol 57 11 pp 2635 2645 Yarbus L 1967 Eye Movements and Vision Translated from the Russian edition Moscow 1965 by Basil Haigh Lorrin A Riggs Translation Ed Plenum New York 1967 xiv 222 pp 6 1 6 Discard short fixations Default for I VT The purpose of the Discard short fixation function is to remove incorrectly classified fixations that have too short a duration to be real fixations As the brain needs to take in visual input for a while before it has enough data to process it a fixation which is when this visual input is collected cannot be infinitely short The Discard short fixation function can be set to remove these incor rectly classified fixations The Discard short fixations function can also be used to decrease the temporal resolution of fixation data The parameter Minimum fixation duration sets the threshold of how short a duration a fixation can have to be classified as a fixa tion All data points belonging to fixations shorter than the threshold value will be reclassified as non fixation data points The de fault value of Minimum fixation duration is 60 ms which is below the lower limit of fixation duration according to Salojarvi et al 2005 and Komogo
227. on for all media to export the visualization using the interval determined by the timeline markers in the visualization pane e Use total duration of each media to include all the possible data for the media element Specify if you want to batch export visualizations based on different Participant Groups and or Segment Groups by se lecting the corresponding checkbox Tobii Studio exports one visualization for each selected group Click the File Options button and set if you want to have prefixes automatically added to the filenames and if you want sub folders to be created automatically for each Project Test or selected Media Click the Export button to choose the location for the exported files and click OK The export operation will be performed and a notification box appears allowing you to Open the output folder To batch export animated visualizations 1 7 9 Click the Export button on the Visualization header and select Batch Export Animated Visualizations The Batch Export Animated Visualizations dialog opens Select from the Export Scope dropdown list one of the following e Only current selected media e All static media in current test e All static media in current project Select the Video Codec to be used to compress the video file from the dropdown list Click the Edit button next to it if you want to add more codecs to the list Select the frame rate of the video file by clicking in the Framerate field and ty
228. onPointY MCSpx Vertical coordinate of the fixation point on Pixels MCSpx the media Column empty if e Fixation is outside media e Media is covered e No media is displayed This column is affected by the settings in the Fixation Filter Tab in Global Settings AOI Name of AOI Hit Report whether the AOI is active and Empty 1 0 1 whether the fixation is located inside of the AOI e Empty the media on which the AOI is positioned is inactive e 1 AOI Inactive e 0 AOl active the fixation is not lo cated in the AOI e 1 AOl active and the fixation point is located inside of the AOI Enabling this column generates one column per AOI 10 10 8 Gaze tracking data This group of data types provides unprocessed eye gaze data with the exception of averaging the coordinates of both eyes for data types where the data is not provided separately for left and right eye 130 10 Exporting Data User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US Gaze tracking data Description Format Reference system GazePointIndex Represents the order in which the gaze sample was acquired by Tobii Studio from an eye tracker The index is an auto incre ment number starting with 1 first gaze sample Count GazePointLeftX ADCSpx Horizontal coordinate of the unprocessed gaze point for the left eye on the screen Pixels ADCSpx GazePointLeftY ADCSpx Vertical coordinate of the unprocessed
229. oose how the image element ends and moves to the next element select one of the following options from the Prop erties area e View time The Image element will be displayed until the set time duration expires To set the duration select a predeter mined time value in seconds in the View Time field e Mouse click The images will be displayed until the mouse is clicked by either the test participant or the test leader e Key press The images will be displayed until a key on the keyboard is pressed by either the test participant or the test leader Click the Key press drop down list and select a key from the list During the test the image is presented in actual size but limited to the eye tracker s screen resolution and the screen resolution settings in Windows For example if you are using a Tobii T60 or T120 Eye Tracker the maximum image size is 1280x 1024 pix els while with a Tobii T6OXL Eye Tracker the maximum is 1920x 1200 pixels Images larger than the eye tracker s screen resolu tion will be cropped for the presentation with the center of the image remaining at the center of the screen Use an image editing application to resize an image You can also add multiple images as well as movies at the same time by copying them to the test timeline directly from Win dows Explorer To add multiple images 1 Browse to the folder in Windows Explorer that contains the images to be added 2 Select all the images you wish to add
230. or Cancel to dismiss the new group To select a participant group User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics 87 1 Click the Participant Group drop down list button This opens the Participant Groups list 2 Under Participant Groups select an existing group by clicking the group The list of recordings will be updated automati cally showing only the recordings that fulfill the group conditions To edit an existing participant group 1 Click the Participant Group drop down list button This opens the Participant Groups list 2 Click the Edit button to the right of the group name in the Participant Groups list This opens the Edit Group dialog box 3 Change the group name in the Participant Group Name field 4 Click an independent variable in the Variables list and select the values you wish to include or exclude in the group defini tion by selecting the check boxes in the Values list 5 Repeat step 4 for other variables you wish to change 6 Click OK to accept or Cancel to dismiss the changes To delete an existing participant group 1 Click the Delete button to the right of the group name in the Participant Groups list 2 Confirm the deletion by clicking Yes in the Delete Filter dialog box If you wish to cancel the deletion click No To select a segment group 1 Click the Segment Group drop down list button This opens the Segment Groups list for more details
231. or open an existing project for details read3 1 Creating a new project and 3 2 Opening an existing project Click Help on Tobii Studio s menu bar and then click Deactivate License Click Yes in the warning dialog box and wait until it connects to the server Click OK and Tobii Studio exits If you start Tobii Studio again you will be prompted to enter a license activation key on oa s Click the Activate Now button if you wish to reactivate your license 2 2 3 How to change the license key information The License Data dialog box displays the license key and Tobii Studio edition information together with your organization name and contact e mail address To check the license key reference and the Tobii Studio edition 1 Start Tobii Studio 2 Open an existing project or create a new project for details read 3 1 Creating a new project and 3 2 Opening an existing project 3 Click Help on Tobii Studio top menu bar and then click About Tobii Studio 4 The About Tobii Studio dialog box displays information about the Tobii Studio version edition license key and whether it is activated or not 5 To change the license key click the Enter license key button to open the License Data dialog box 6 Inthe License key field select the existing license key and press DELETE 7 Type the new license key 8 Click Activate Now or Activate later to close the License Data dialog box 2 3 Connecting Tobii Studio to a Tobii Eye Tr
232. ordings list of the Replay view or Batch if you wish to create scenes for more than one re cording on the Generate Scenes Dialog box 3 Inthe Batch option you can deselect recordings by un checking the checkboxes in front of each recording name 4 Click on Generate to create the scenes Each scene will take the middle frame between the start and end LogEvents as the background image 5 Ifa recording already contains a scene with the same name as the one being created a Tobii Studio Information dialog box prompts the user to either replace the existing scene element by the newly created one press Yes or to continue creating a new scene by adding an identifier to the name press No for example if the old scene is called fixation the new scene will be created as fixation 2 6 Press Yes or No to affect only the scene refered to on the Tobii Studio Information dialog Press Yes to All or No to All to perform the same action to all scene conflicts 44 5 Replaying and Editing Recordings User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 7 Tobii Studio will then segment the video file into scenes that can be used to create AOls hot spots and gaze plots for your analysis 5 5 3 Editing scenes Several segments can be added to the same scene This could be useful if the recording contains multiple instances of the same or an equivalent background To add more selections to the same scene 1 Create a new segment
233. ordings one by one and adding their values whenever a fixation shares the same X and Y pixel location as another see the figures below If we chose Count we add the number of fixations at the same location If we are using Absolute duration we add the duration of each fixation For Relative duration the duration of each fixation is divided first by the media viewing time and then added Heatmap Count Heatmap Count image image 4 4 4 4 4 x y pixels x y pixels Once all the fixations values have been added together color values are added to all the points with the warmest color repre senting the highest value User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 7 Visualizing Eye Tracking Data 65 Heatmap Count image xy pixels However this basic process would result in a rather useless image with small colored dots distributed over the image What we do instead is add color values to all the points within a certain distance of the fixation location and the color values gradually de crease as we move away from the fixation point This process ensures that the color distribution results in a more smooth heat map image and gives some biological relevance to the color mapping 7 82 2 Tobii Heat Map The distribution of values around a fixat
234. ore not be included in the descriptive statistics calculations e g when computing the N value i When browsing a website or PDF document each visited web URL and PDF page will become a unique media element 1 If the Web Groups tool is used to group two or more URLs the group and not the URL will become a unique media element Time to First Fixation TFF Across Media RL Measured in seconds Fixations on media size indicates duration o0 000 V O OO TFF on AOI C in Media 2 TFF on AOI A in Media 1 9 4 3 1 N value This statistic describes the N value used to calculate other descriptive statistics such as the mean and standard deviation In the current metric it represents the number of recordings and is calculated as follows Row settings When recordings are selected as table rows the N value will always be equal to 1 If participants are selected as table rows the N value will be equal to the number of recordings that participant has made with the same media element When participant groups are selected as rows the N value will be equal to the number of recordings included in the group Summary columns In the AOI media summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x the number of AOls included in a single media element In the AOI group summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings and follows the rules described in the pre vious paragraph row setti
235. ors will be lost The pasted AOI will be active from the point in time it was pasted An AOI can be copied from one media and pasted in another To copy and paste the shape of an AOI 1 Drag the time indicator slider to the point in time from where you want to copy the AOls shape 2 Select the Select Move AOI tool on the toolbar 3 Right click the AOI that you want to cut and click Copy Note You can right click either the AOI shape in the media or the AOI name in the Areas of Interest pane 4 Move the time indicator slider to the point in time where you want to paste the AOI 5 To paste the copied AOI do one of the following e To paste the AOI in the middle of the media right click and click Paste e To paste the AOI where the copied AOI was is right click and click Paste in place i The fastest way to copy and paste an AOI is to press and hold CTRL while you drag a copy from the AOI that you want to copy You can also copy and paste AOls using the Edit menu on the toolbar by right clicking an AOI or through key board shortcuts CTRL C and CTRL V To cut and paste the shape of an AOI When you cut and paste an AOI you lose all its Keyframes 1 Drag the time indicator slider to the point in time from where you want to cut the AOls shape 2 Select the Select Move AOI tool on the toolbar 3 Right click the AOI that you want to cut and click Cut Note You can right click either the AOI shape in the media or the AOI name
236. ous section to learn how to create events To automatically generate segments 1 Click the Generate icon on the Replay tab and select Segments 2 Inthe Auto Generate Segments dialog box type a name in the Segment name prefix field that will be used to identify the segment 3 Select to Generate the segments for one of the e Current recording e All the recordings in the current test e All the recordings in all tests 4 Optionally you can Add theSegment s to a Segment Group by selecting one of the existing Segment Groups from the dropdown list or select New Segment Group if you want to add the segments to a new group A new Segment Group is going to be created and you will be prompted to enter a name for it after performing step 6 40 5 Replaying and Editing Recordings User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 5 Select the segment start and stop points from the event type lists e You can also choose to add a time offset to the start or end of the segment The offset can be used for example to adjust the size of the segment if you see that you are missing a small portion of the video in some of the recordings 6 Click OK to create the segments 7 To view the segments select the desired recording and make sure the Segments pane is visible i If the start and stop events are the same type of event for example a LeftMouseClick the stop point event Next Left MouseClick has to be selected In this example segment
237. output ted If only one eye was detected during calibration but two during the recording this will lead to the same issues as described for the Average setting Validity Codes Eye Selection Option L R Left Average Strict Average Right Found both eyes 0 0 Data Left eye Mean Mean Data Right eye User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 6 Defining fixations 49 Validity Codes Eye Selection Option L R Left Average Strict Average Right One eye certain 0 4 Data Left eye Data Left eye left One eye probably 1 3 Data Left eye Data Left eye left One eye uncertain 2 2 which one One eye probably 3 1 Data Right eye Data Right eye right One eye certain 0 4 Data Right eye Data Right eye right No eyes 4 4 Data from the one eye found will be used if calibration was made using only one Arithmetic mean Validity codes are codes that the eye tracker uses to describe how certain it is that it found a specific eye The lower the value the more certain the eye tracker is These values can be found for each eye tracking data sample in text exports of eye tracking data A 6 7 Never perform a calibration with only one eye if the participant will use both eyes during the study Large offset errors may be introduced in the data Tobii Glasses note As a result of Tobii Glasses only recording one eye l
238. ove a project from the Tobii Studio Project Library please see 3 6 Deleting and removing projects from the project library 3 4 Exporting and importing projects Projects can also be exported as a single compressed file nas and imported into another copy of Tobii Studio running on a dif ferent computer These files contain all the information and elements included in the original project and once the file is imported into another Tobii Studio workstation it can be used to perform the same tests as the original To export a project 1 Start Tobii Studio 2 Open the project to be exported 3 On the File menu select Export Project Archive The Export Project dialog box will open 4 Select the tests and recordings to export and click the Export button User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 3 Managing Tobii Studio Projects 9 5 6 In the next window browse and select the export location and type a file name When the export is finished a confirmation dialog box will appear Click OK to exit the export process If you intend to send the nas file over e mail ftp or internet it is recommended to compress the nas file as a zip archive To import a project 1 2 3 4 5 D Start Tobii Studio The Project Library dialog box opens Click Import Project Archive Click Browse to open the Windows Explorer dialog box and browse to the file to import Click the file to select it and then click Open After
239. ovements such as tremor and microsaccades Yarbus 1967 can also be seen as noise In the most basic form I VT filters calculate the velocity by multiplying the change in position between two consecutive sample points with the sampling frequency If the sampling frequency is low the eye will have time to do quite large shifts of direction between two samples which makes it easy for the eye tracker to distinguish between real eye movements and noise The higher the sampling frequency is the smaller the eye movement will be between two consecutive samples at a given eye velocity Noise will therefore have a greater impact in a high frequency system even though it has the same magnitude as in a low frequency system The Noise reduction moving average function is a symmetric moving average filter It produces output data by creating an arith metic mean of a number of data points from the input data The number of input data points used to produce each output point is controlled by the Window size parameter Each produced output data point is given the timestamp of the input data point that was in the center of the window the input median point the window size parameter must be an odd number The window size is dynamically adjusted so that the window never stretches outside the valid data series The default value of the Window size parameter is 3 samples which is the lowest possible value having an effect on the data Al ways use the VelocityChart app
240. ow User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics 85 Select Media for Analysis in Project Scientific Project Group media by Test Media Type AOI Group Participant Selected Media Remove All Y i ReadingandFaces Only media with Areas of Interests AOls can be analyzed Add all media in this test 2 ti Media 42 Recordings 4 E Adls 0 AO Groups F DrawAngry JPG Remove P DrawHappy JPG Remove DrawAngry JPG DrawHappy JPG DrawSad JPG PhotoAngry JPG PhotoHappy JPG PhotoSad JPG ee al al ala an aaa aa _Analyze Selected Media Cancel On the media browser s left list box you will be able to view a list of all the media included in the current project The media can be displayed in 4 different views Test Media Type AOI Group and Participant The Test view displays the media listed in folders by test Media Type organizes the media by type of media file e g images videos and scenes AOI Group displays a list of user created AOI groups and the media that contains the AOls that belong to those groups and Participant displays the media viewed by each project participant To toggle between the different views click the Group media by selection buttons Important notes on dynamic AOls and eye tracking metrics e Dynamic AOls can be either active or inactive Only act
241. per settings and click it to apply the settings Note There is a number of predefined Data Export settings in Tobii Studio described in the following section 10 9 Predefined data export settings Tobii Studio provides a number of predefined settings that are relevant from a user application perspective The following sec tions will describe all available predefined settings To load a predefined data export setting 1 On the Data Export toolbar click the Load Settings button A drop down menu appears 2 Inthe drop down menu locate the proper settings and click it to apply the settings 10 9 1 Coding Scheme Events predefined settings Export events that have been manually logged Created Log Entries in Tobii Studio This setting is applicable for all types of re cordings including Tobii Glasses Column Included data type 1 ParticipantName 2 RecordingName 122 10 Exporting Data User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US Column Included data type RecordingDate StudioTestName MediaName RecordingTimestamp StudioEvent OINI oO BR StudioEventData 10 9 2 AOI Gaze events predefined settings Export gaze events fixations saccades for each AOI Column Included data type 1 ParticipantName RecordingName RecordingDate FixationFilter StudioTestName MediaName RecordingTimestamp GazeEventType
242. perform a test where you compare the fixation filter data with an observer s subjective impression on the position and duration of the fixations If you do not have any particular requirements in your study regarding how fixations should be defined use Tobii Studio s default fixation filters setting For additional information about the fixation filters please read the following Tobii whitepapers that can be found on i Tobii website under the Library section e Timing Guide for Tobii Eye Trackers and Eye Tracking Software e Tobii Studio Timing Testing To choose or modify the fixation filter settings 1 Choose from the main menu Tools gt Settings or from the Design and Record tab click Setup and select Settings to open the Global Settings dialog box 2 Select the Fixation Filters tab 3 Select the type of filter you want to use Choose between e VT filter e Tobii fixation filter e ClearView Fixation filter e Raw Data If you select Raw Data Tobii Studio will display all the eye position samples recorded by the eye tracker without aggregating it into fixations 4 Specify whether you want the Eye Selection Filter to use the average gaze point calculated from the gaze data samples from both eyes use the left eye s gaze data only or use the right eye s gaze data only e If either the Left or the Right option is selected only the data that is collected from the left or the right eye is used for the
243. performances please refer to section 7 Tobii Studio Critical Timing Performance of the Tobii Studio 3 1 Release Notes document that can be found on the Tobii website at www tobii com under the Support amp Downloads section To choose the image presentation mode 1 Choose one of the options in the Image timing adjustment section according to the description below please note that the timing accuracy settings have tooltips for more information 142 12 General Settings User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US e Optimal this is the default setting and it is using the same image presentation process as in Tobii Studio 3 1 0 This option gives you the following results in terms of presentation timing accuracy e typical timing results lt 10ms when using a system that meets the requirements displayed in the tooltip e typical timing results lt 50ms when using a system that meets the requirements in the Tobii System Recommenda tions document that can be found on the Tobii website at http www tobii com under the Support amp Downloads section You should change this and try to use one of the other options if you experience problems such as the image freezing during the recording or preview etc e Good to be used if the hardware system used does not meet the system requirements please refer to the System Rec ommendations document that can be found on the Tobii website at http www tobii com under the Support amp Dow
244. ping a value in Frames per Second Alter natively you can use the arrows in the field to change the value Choose from the Scale Max Value dropdown list the maximum value used for the color mapping by choosing between two different options only for Heat Maps e Recalculate for each media set the maximum independent of the other heat maps being exported exports with default values e Use current setting for all media set the value of all exported heat maps the same as the value of the current heat map value can only be changed and viewed prior to clicking Batch Export Specify if you want to batch export visualizations based on different Participant Groups and or Segment Groups by se lecting the corresponding checkbox Tobii Studio exports one visualization for each selected group Click the File Options button and set if you want to have prefixes automatically added to the filenames and if you want sub folders to be created automatically for each Project Test or selected Media Click the Export button to choose the location for the exported files and click OK The export operation will be performed and a notification box appears allowing you to Open the output folder Copying Visualization Images to Clipboard The Copy button on the Visualizations tab allows you to copy to clipboard the following 74 Visualization Image an image of the current media background together with the selected visualization heat map gaze
245. precise interval right click the estimated selection click Set Time for Selection enter the exact start and end times and click OK 3 Right click the selection and move the over Create Parallax Correction from Selection 4 Select a predetermined range or Set custom distance If setting a custom distance type the desired distance in centi meters and click OK The selected interval is added to the Distance timeline in green 5 Click Save changes in the top right section of the tool when finished making alterations This will take you back to the Re play screen User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 5 Replaying and Editing Recordings 47 6 Click the Glasses Tools button at the bottom and notice the gray interval with the distance you selected Multiple corrections can be made before clicking the Save changes button i If creating a new parallax correction that covers any part of another correction you will be prompted whether you want to continue with overwriting the previous distance To change or remove a specific section of the recording 1 With the fullscreen Parallax Correction Tool open 2 Right click the section you want to make a change to 3 Select which change you would like to make Set time Set Distance Clear Clear all Sections where changes are made turn green and state the new distance and cleared sections return to the Default Distance 4 Follow the onscreen prompts 48 5 Repla
246. procedure If you only select counterbalancing of one media element no counterbalancing will take place If you choose to quit a recording while you are performing a test the next recording will use the next sequence for the media presentation 4 1 4 1 Tobii Studio Latin Square implementation The Randomize feature uses a Latin Square method to construct x number of sequences of the presentation depending on n number of media selected to be randomized If n is even x n and if n is odd x 2n Each Latin Square sequence xn is translated into a recording To conduct a fully counterbalanced study the number of recordings must be equal to x or a multiple of x If not enough participants can be tested the study is still pseudo randomized but not fully counterbalanced Latin Square procedure If the number of treatments is even then the first sequence of the Latin Square is calculated as follows 1 2 n 3 n 1 4 n 2 5 n 8 i n i where the sequence 1 n n 1 n 2 n 3 n i alternates with the sequence 2 3 4 5 i For example with n 4 media elements the first sequence of the Latin Square is Recording 1 1243 each number represents a media element Since the number of media elements is even n 4 then the number of sequences needed is equal to x 4 The remaining se quences are obtained by adding 1 to each value in the previous sequence In this example if the value is 4 in the first sequence the next sequence will have the val
247. r DVI connector In the monitor the stimulus is first stored and buffered by the screen controller card typically 1 frames and then sent to the display following the vertical screen refresh rate Refresh rates are measured in Hz and represent the number of times per second the monitor re freshes the pixels on its display We can calculate the time interval between two screen refresh cycles by dividing 1000 ms 1 second by the refresh rate for example a 60 Hz refresh rate is equivalent to an image update every 16 6 ms If an image is sent to the screen while it is refreshing the offset for its display will depend only on how fast each pixel on the screen changes i e the response time of the display However if the image is sent to the display between two refresh cycles then the offset will vary depending on where in the cycle the image becomes available For example if the image is available in the middle of a 60 HZ re fresh cycle it will take 8 34 ms extra to be shown on the screen as it has to wait for the next refresh event to be displayed The response time of the display is the amount of time that it takes for a pixel to change color and or brightness when the image ar rives at the display Typically this interval varies with the degree and order of the change For example the time it takes for a pixel to change from white to black is different compared to when it changes from black to white For further information related to the timing
248. r select New Segment Group If you choose to create a new Segment Group a dialog box displays where you have to set the Segment Group name Enter the name and click OK The name of the Segment Group appears on the yellow line corresponding to each segment that was included in that group o_line_ Mus_ C S_ B _ Instruction Element _ T_ Segment 1 m di ee LEI m a D Segments Scenes Settings Recording Rec 12 length 00 04 00 231 participant P12 n You can also add a segment to a Segment Group at the time of creating the segment by choosing Create Segment and Add to Segme 5 4 4 Segme nt Group read 5 4 2 Generating segments manually Exporting segments as videos nts can be exported into an AVI video format that can then be viewed using an external media player To export a single segment to a video 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Select the recording you wish to take the recording from Click the segment menu arrow and select Export to AVI In the Export to video clip settings dialog box start by enabling disabling the user camera and sound The user camera video may be moved to another location in the exported video Select the user camera opacity and size Select the codec you want to use to produce the video and type or select the frame rate of the video export Click Save to export the video file In the Save As dialog box type a file
249. r testing procedures and advanced tools for visualization and analysis eye tracking data is easily processed for useful comparison interpretation and presentation A broad range of studies is supported from usability testing and market research to psychology and ocular motor physiological experiments The Tobii Studio s intuitive workflow along with its advanced analysis tools allow for both large and small studies to be carried out in a timely and cost efficient way without the need for extensive training Tobii Studio supports a large variety of stimuli and allows both multiple and different stimuli types to be combined into a single recording A holistic view of behavior is achieved by integrating the recording of eye tracking data with user video sound key strokes mouse clicks and other data sources into a single solution 1 1 Usability Studies Tobii Studio is very well suited for evaluating user experience in regard to e Websites e Software e Computer games e Interactive TV e Handheld devices e Other physical products 1 2 Advertising Testing Tobii Studio is ideal for testing advertising design on a variety of media e Packaging and retail shelf design and placement e Web advertising e TV commercials e Print advertising digitally scanned and presented on a monitor e Print advertising using the actual physical print 1 3 Psychology amp Physiology Research Tobii Studio is suitable for a wide
250. rag the Stop time needle no 10 in the above image to set the end of the data interval 72 7 Visualizing Eye Tracking Data User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US To set the interval using the Start and Duration fields more precise 1 Click in the Start field below the visualization and type the hh mm ss ms values to set the start of the interval Alternatively you can use the arrows in the field to increase or decrease the time values The time format is hours minutes seconds milliseconds 2 Set the duration of the interval by clicking in the Duration field and typing the hh mm ss ms values As in the Start field you can use the arrows in the field to increase or decrease the time values 3 Lock unlock the Start and Duration values by clicking the corresponding lock icon used for setting a same value for the Start and or Duration for each recording and media If you set a Start time and then lock it when choosing a different recording from the list or a different media the Start value stays the same Please note that if you have locked one of the Start or Duration you can still modify their respective values By selecting a smaller time window some recordings might be excluded from the visualization altogether 7 8 Exporting gaze plots heat maps and clusters Visualizations can be exported as image files or as animated movies that show where people have fixated over time To export a visualization image 1 Click
251. rallax error The size of this error is related to the difference in point of view from the scene camera and the test participant To minimize parallax errors it is therefore recommended that you place the scene camera at an angle fairly close to that of the test participant such as slightly behind and to the side of the participant or immediately over the participant s head 4 1 28 Questionnaire The Questionnaire media element is used to present multiple choice questions to which the participant may only select one an swer The answers to the questionnaire can later be used as independent variables which can be used to filter the eye tracking data for visualizations and descriptive statistics reports It records also key presses and mouse clicks To add the element to the test 1 Drag the media element icon to the test workspace timeline indicated by the gray arrow in the user interface The media setup dialog box opens To name the Questionnaire element 1 The software uses Questionnaire Element as the default name You can change it by clicking in the Element Name field and replacing the name with a new one To create a Questionnaire element 1 Click the Add Question button to open the Question Setup dialog box 2 Inthe Question field type the question you want the participant to see 3 Add the multiple choices to the Answers section by selecting Create new or Use values from existing Independent Variable e After s
252. range of psychological and physiological experiments such as e Infant research e General psychological response studies including the use of scan paths gaze distribution gaze response times and manual response times e Studies of autism ADHD and schizophrenia e Reading studies e Studies of ocular motor behavior and vision deficiencies 1 4 Internet Resources Tobii Studio related material such as release notes manuals and detailed system recommendations can be downloaded from the Support amp Download section at www tobii com To download the available material you need to use your product license key or contact Tobii Support for login details You can also find other Tobii Studio materials at various social media sites such as YouTube com Tobii Studio demo and short tips videos Scribd com and SlideShare net To access those materials go to the respective website and search for To biiEyeTracking Tobii or Tobii Eye Trackers or visit the Products amp Services section at www tobii com User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 1 Introduction 1 1 5 Additional Publications and Resources For additional information on how to use Tobii Studio you can watch the video walkthrough and practice with the Tobii Studio Tutorial Project that is included on the Tobii Studio Installation CD or downloaded from www tobii com Products amp Services section Information on different configurations for the Tob
253. rding see the image on the previous page Tobii Studio will only register events that occur after the start of the recording In order to reduce the amount of non stimuli related event markers in the data we recommend the following settings and procedures e Set the background of your desktop to black e Clear the area covered by the light sensor of desktop icons e Close any other open application than Tobii Studio before starting the recording e Use a dual screen setup with the eye tracker screen setup as your secondary screen You can then run studio on your primary screen and only present the calibration and the stimuli on the secondary screen e Ina single screen setup run Tobii Studio non Maximized window mode and avoid dragging the Tobii Studio window to the area where the light sensor is placed e Hide the Windows Task Bar if the sensor is placed on the bottom of the screen If these instructions are followed the two first events should be related to the calibration procedure thereafter all other events should be related to the stimuli Note It is recommended to always test and evaluate the performance of your system and your setup before performing a real re cording with a light sensor and the light sensor trigger feature enabled 12 2 6 Miscellaneous settings Some dialog boxes in Tobii Studio provide the option Don t show this again When selected the specific dialog box will not ap pear in future similar operatio
254. re What s the tk The publisher could not be verified Are you sure you want to run this software Name Spotfy instaler exe Publsher Unknown Publisher TE Internet Protected Mode Of To create a heat map 1 Inthe media list click a media element to select it User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 7 Visualizing Eye Tracking Data 63 7 5 1 Select the Recordings check boxes to include the recordings in the analysis or clear the boxes to remove the recordings Click the Heat Map tab to display the heat map For instructions on how to customize the appearance of the heat map please read 7 5 1 Customizing heat maps You can export the visualization image the heat map image or the animated visualization by clicking the Export button on the Visualizations header For detailed instructions please read 7 8 Exporting gaze plots heat maps and clusters Customizing heat maps Tobii Studio can produce three different types of heat maps depending on which eye movement information you wish to focus on Count total number of fixations Count heat maps show the accumulated number of fixations calculated from all the selected recordings for the selected time interval selected from the timeline and can be used for example to determine whether participants have seen different elements on a stimulus image or website Each fixation made by each participant adds a color value to the fixation map and th
255. red time shown ms 3000ms Mean 3112 03 Std Dev 23 88 N 400 380 3100 3120 3140 Measured time shown ms Recorded view time offset images Display view time offset Tobii Studio 3 1 Duration offset 200 ms mean 106 40 ms 500 ms mean 101 25 ms 1000 ms mean 121 04 ms 3000 ms mean 112 03 ms This offset represents the difference between the recorded image view time and the view time set in the image Properties box Image Element setup Current tests show that when the View Time is set to a value equal or above 1000 ms the recorded du ration will vary on average between 106 102 of the set duration value e g at 1000 ms the stimulus is recorded between 1045 and 1060 ms whereas for view times below 1000 ms i e 500 or 200 ms the recorded duration will vary on average between 110 and 126 of the view time setting value The figure below displays the distribution of the recorded stimulus presentation durations according to four View Time values 200 500 1000 and 3000 ms Recording performance is more accurate when the View Time is set to values above 1000 ms 148 14 Appendixes User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 250 200 frequency 150 200ms tan 25256 S00ris wen s0 Recorded view time offset Std Dev 6 36 Std Dev 5 41 N 400 N 400 Tobii Studio 3 1 Duration offset Frequency 200 ms average 52 56ms 500 ms average 50 66 ms 1
256. rest pane User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 8 Creating and Managing Areas of Interest 79 Use the time indicator slider and or the media replay controls to find the point in time where you want to add the Keyframe To add a Keyframe do one of the following Click the add Keyframe button Right click on the time indicator slider and click Insert Keyframe If you are positioned on an existing Keyframe for the selected AOI you will not be able to create new Keyframe on top of the old one To delete a Keyframe 1 8 9 Select the appropriate AOI by clicking either the AOI shape or the name in the Areas of Interest pane To select the Keyframe to delete do one of the following On the timeline click the colored dot of the Keyframe to be deleted Click the Previous keyframe or the Next keyframe buttons to jump between AOI keyframes To delete the selected Keyframe do one of the following Click the delete Keyframe button Press the DELETE key on your keyboard Keyframes can be deleted by right clicking a Keyframe s colored dot on the timeline and then clicking Delete If doing so while the time indicator slider is not on top of the Keyframe please remember that the shape of the AOI that you see in the media window is not the same as the shape of the AOI Keyframe that you are deleting The Keyframe at time O cannot be deleted Changing the name or appearance of an AOI To change the name or appearance of an
257. ric moving median filter It produces output data by calculating the median value of a number of consecutive data points from the input data series The number of input data points used to produce each output data point is controlled by the Window size parameter Each produced output data point is given the timestamp of the input data point that was in the center of the window the median point of the input window the window size parameter must be an odd number In cases where the window is not entirely filled with input data points no output data will be produced The window may be short of data points due to the fact that the window stretches outside a data series with valid gaze or small fractions of data points are missing within the window Typically the window stretches outside a valid data series at the beginning and end of a blink or at the beginning and end of a recording Loss of small fractions of data can occur as a result of temporary reflections occlusions etc and can partly be solved by using the Gap fill in function described in 6 4 1 Gap fill in interpolation Not de fault for Raw data filter 56 6 Defining fixations User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 7 Visualizing Eye Tracking Data Being able to visualize your data in a number of ways with gaze superimposed on any kind of stimulus enables you to make a vis ual qualitative inspection of your results Visualizations are easily exported as image files or anim
258. rmation To start a Tobii Studio recording 1 Click the Start Recording button located at the bottom of the Design and Record tab The Select Participant dialog box opens 2 Create a new participant or use an existing participant e To create a new participant type the participant s name in the Name field If you have created independent variables select the correct values if known before the test for the participant e To select an existing participant click the Use Existing Participant tab and select a participant from the participants list by clicking the participant s row 3 Click Continue to accept the selection and open the Calibration dialog box 4 Use the track status box to help adjust the participant and the eye tracker position e g chair position table or the eye tracker stand The eyes of the participants displayed as two white dots in the track status box should be in the center of the box and the distance indicator should display a value between 50 and 80 cm depending on the eye tracker being used The color of the bar at the bottom of the track status box should be green User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 4 Designing and Recording Tests 31 BB Start caibration Instruct the participant to look at the calibration points as they move over the screen Click Start to initiate the calibration process The first calibration point appears on the screen The calibration will stop automa
259. rtsev et al 2010 The default value 60 ms is set conservatively to also allow for complex occulomotor be haviour such as express saccades For most attention studies a minimum fixation duration of 100 ms is appropriate Saloj rvi J Puolamaki K Simola J Kovanen L Kojo l and Kaski S 2005 Inferring relevance from eye movements Feature ex traction Technical Report Publications in Computer and Information Science Espoo Finland PASCAL EU Network of Excel lence challenge Komogortsev et Al 2010 Standardization of Automated Analyses of Oculomotor Fixation and Saccadic Behaviors IEEE Trans actions on Biomedical Engineering vol 57 11 pp 2635 2645 6 2 Tobii Fixation Filter The Tobii Fixation Filter is an implementation of a classification algorithm proposed by Olsson 2007 and is currently used as the default fixation algorithm in Tobii Studio The algorithm behaves mainly like an I VT filter that detects quick changes in the gaze point using a sliding window averaging method Assuming that the eyes move between two different fixations the following distinctions are made e Ifa segment of the signal is of constant or slowly changing mean value due to drift we classify it as one fixation User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 6 Defining fixations 53 e If there is an abrupt change in the signal the eyes have moved to another fixation location By designing an algorithm that produces a notification when
260. rwise select the Until media end option 4 Confirm your selections by clicking Done If the start or end time of your selection is located in the middle of a fixation that fixation will be entirely removed from the metrics calculations When the Media time data selection is applied the metrics Time to First Fixation Time to First Mouse Click and Time to First Mouse Click Across are calculated from the start of the media display While other metrics such as Fixation Duration or Visit Du ration are calculated within the selected interval only 9 3 1 5 Table options Tables display the AOI analyses organized by column headings such as metrics media AOI and descriptive statistics and by row headings such as recordings participants or participant groups Tables can easily be exported to TXT files or copied to the clipboard and pasted into a document Metric Time to First Fixation gt Rows Participant Groups Columns AOls per Media Media time Os to media end ail gt catcutate by Descriptive Statistics w _ Participant Variables Cell format Time to First Foxation The time from the start of the stimulus display until the test participant fixates on the AOI or AOI Group for the first time seconds Read Full Description Time to First Fixation DrawAngry JPG DrawHappy JPG DrawAngryEyes neutral eyes DrawHappyEyes neutral eyes N Mean N Sum N Mean Sum N Mean Su
261. s Tobii Studio calculates the arithmetic mean Max Highest value in the data set Min Lowest value in the data set Sum The sum of all data values Median The value that separates a data set in two halves The value is calculated by first arranging a finite list of data values from lowest to highest value and then determining which data value is located at the middle of the list the median value If the number of data values is even then there is no single middle data value The median is then defined by the average of the two data values Stdev Standard Describes the variability in a set of data values The value is calculated by square rooting the average Deviation of the squares of the deviations of each data value from the mean Tobii Studio calculates the sample standard deviation N 1 9 4 2 Time to First Fixation seconds This metric measures how long it takes before a test participant fixates on an active AOI or AOI group for the first time The time measurement starts when the media containing the AOI is first displayed For AOI groups the time measurement starts when any of the media containing an AOI member of the group is first displayed The AOls do not have to be active for the time meas urement to start Time measurement stops when the participant fixates on the AOI if the AOI is active For AOI groups the time measurement stops when the participant fixates on any of the active AOls belonging to the group
262. s as long as the tests belong to the same Tobii Studio project Participant data can be exported as a tab delimited TXT file and this file can then be imported into Microsoft Excel or other statistical software of your choice To create participants before performing a recording 1 Either go to Tools on the menu bar click Participants and then click Manage Participants or click the Setup drop down button next to the Test button and then click Manage Participants 2 Inthe Manage Participants dialog box under the Participants tab click New 3 Inthe Create Participant dialog box in the Participant Name field type the participant s name or other form of identifica tion that you will use to refer to the participant User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 4 Designing and Recording Tests 27 4 lf you have already created independent variables and know the information about the participant select the correct val ues from the drop down list for the respective independent variables for information on independent variables please read 4 2 2 Creating independent variables 5 Click OK to add the participant and his her information to the participants list in the Manage Participants dialog box To generate an arbitrary list of participants no information besides name 1 In the Manage Participants dialog box under the Participants tab click Auto Generate 2 Now enter the number of participants you wish to generate
263. s X Data points Data coordinates X 70 7 Visualizing Eye Tracking Data User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US Data points x Data coordinates X clusters Data coordinates X This method of cluster determination ensures that the determination of the clusters is not heavily influenced by noise and outliers The other advantage of using this method is that given the choice of threshold its results are intuitive and predictable For example e Distant outliers will be represented as small clusters or discarded if no other neighboring point is present at the current threshold distance e Large regions of uniform density of gaze data points will display one cluster User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 7 Visualizing Eye Tracking Data 71 e In areas where there is a bimodal distribution of gaze data points the cluster visualization will show a single cluster if the modes for each distribution are within the selected threshold distance and 2 clusters if the modes are further apart than the threshold distance A Santella and D DeCarlo 2004 Robust Clustering of Eye Movement Recordings for Quantification of Visual Interest In Pro ceedings of the 2004 symposium on Eye tracking research amp applications pages 1 8 ACM New York NY USA 7 7 Using the timeline The timeline below the visualization shows the total time the media was displayed during the recording If the participants have differen
264. s test analysis within the same project For example you can group Areas of Interest AOI belonging to media located in different tests and use that group to extract descriptive statistics based on eye tracking metrics 3 1 Creating a new project In order to start designing an eye tracking test you first need to create a new project in Tobii Studio To create a new project 1 Start Tobii Studio This opens the Tobii Studio Project Library Click the Create New Project button The Create new project dialog box opens Name the project by typing the name in the Project Name field Optionally type a short project description in the Description field a fF Oo N Optionally type in the Author name 8 3 Managing Tobii Studio Projects User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 6 Click Browse to select the folder where the project should be saved If the folder path is not changed the project will be saved in the default folder Documents Tobii Studio Projects 7 Click Next when done 8 Now give the test a test name and if desired add a description In the next step the first test is created 9 Click Create and you are ready to start designing your test If at a later point you wish to change the project information Project Name Description and Author in the Project Library click the Edit icon on the row of the project you would like to modify It is not possible to store the Tobii Studio project s on an external or ne
265. s the creation of complex tables such as cross test tables composed of multiple media within a single project creation and export of multi metric tables and cross tabulation using participant independent variables or responses from questionnaires as filters to group participants The tool also supports the production of descriptive statistics from AOI groups File View Tools ForSight Help Replay C d Ceatate by Descriptive Statistics To get started select one or more media from current project Select media fo 8 4 _ lt 0 A To open the Tobii Studio Statistics tool click the Statistics tab The Statistics tab is divided in three main areas e Statistics header Allows you to select media for analysis copy tables and charts to the clipboard and export tables and charts e Data Selection pane This is where you can select recordings and chose which AOls to include in the analysis e Statistics workspace This is where you can select the metrics create and view tables and charts and change the statis tics settings and properties 9 1 Choosing media for the analysis The Select Media for Analysis in Project dialog box allows you to view and select the media for the analysis Only media with Areas of Interests AOls will be available for analysis To open the media browser click the Select Media button on the Statistics header or the Select Media button at the center of the Statistics wind
266. s will be created between all left mouse clicks 5 4 2 Generating segments manually Go to the Replay view and choose the test you want to create segments for To create a segment manually 1 Select the recording you wish to use to create the segment and make sure the Segments pane is visible 2 Drag the timeline marker to the location on the timeline where you wish to set the start of the segment Drag the right handle of the timeline marker to the end position The red color indicates the section on the timeline that is cur rently selected __Instruction Element T_ Sonnet ieee Dis Rename Delete Add Segment to Segment Group gt m Loop Export Segment as Video oe a K Mm gt Segments Scenes Settings Recording Rec 12 length 00 04 00 231 participant P12 3 Right click the selection and select Create Segment from Selection or Create Segment and Add to Segment Group read 5 4 3 Grouping Segments 4 The new segment is displayed in the Segments pane Repeat the steps to generate more new segments To edit an existing segment 1 Click the Down Arrow located to the right of the segment name the segment menu arrow 2 Select Rename to change the segment s name or Delete to delete the segment from the recording 3 Select Add Segment to Segment Group if you want to add the segment to a group For details read 5 4 3 Grouping Segments 4 When hovering over the ends of
267. sRightZ ADCSmm Distance depth coordinate of the 3D posi tion of the right eye Millimeters ADCSmm DistanceLeft Distance between the left eye and the eye tracker The distance is calculated based on the length of the vector from the center of the eye to the UCS origin point User Coordinate System on the eye tracker Millimeters DistanceRight Distance between the right eye and the eye tracker The distance is calculated based on the length of the vector from the center of the eye to the UCS origin point User Coordinate System on the eye tracker Millimeters CamLeftX Horizontal coordinate of the left eye in the eye tracker sensor image only available for recordings made with Tobii Studio ver sions prior to Tobii Studio 2 3 O is the left edge of the image 1 is the right edge CamLeftY Vertical coordinate of the left eye in the eye tracker sensor image only available for recordings made with Tobii Studio ver sions prior to Tobii Studio 2 3 O is the top edge of the image 1 is the bottom edge CamRightX Horizontal coordinate of the right eye in the eye tracker sensor image only avail able for recordings made with Tobii Studio versions prior to Tobii Studio 2 3 O is the left edge of the image 1 is the right edge CamRightY Vertical coordinate of the right eye in the eye tracker sensor image only available for recordings made with Tobii Studio ver sio
268. select the color for the calibration background screen 5 Click Configure to adjust the area of the screen that will be used when performing calibrations This may provide a more accurate calibration if you are planning to use a small area of the screen to show the stimulus Click Restore default to reset the respective calibration settings to the default value Manual calibration is an operator paced calibration procedure with special graphics during the calibration procedure The num ber of calibration points and their locations are by default the same as for Regular calibration but instead of a pulsating dot two lines create an intersection that is used as the calibration point When the space bar is pressed the lines change color while cal ibration is performed and the lines move to the next calibration point When the participant has looked at all points the calibration results will be shown If the calibration went well click Accept and the Recording Start dialog box opens ce a Infant Calibration Infant calibration is used when conducting studies on infants Small animations in AVI format are displayed where the dots nor mally appear This works as an attention grabber suitable for small children It can also be used when it is difficult for someone to follow the calibration instructions Tobii Studio can also display different AVIs to attract the test participant s attention if they begin to respond poorly or grow tired of th
269. selected as table rows the N value will always be equal to 1 If participants are selected as table rows the N value will be equal to the number of recordings that participant has made with the same media element When participant groups are selected as rows then the N value will be equal to the number of recordings included in the group Summary columns In the AOI media summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x the number of AOls included in a single media element In the AOI group summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings and follows the rules described in the pre vious paragraph row settings In the AOI metric summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x the total number of AOls i e all AOls in cluded in all media elements User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics 113 Time to First Mouse Click Across Media Measured in seconds Rh Mouse click on media h fects view ie Media 2 iw time T TE Time to First Mouse Click Across Media on AOI A in Media 1 9 4 21 2 Brief description The time from the start of the media display until the test participant left clicks with the mouse on the AOI or AOI group for the first time seconds all media time included 9 4 21 3 Aligning the metric starting time with the AOls active starting point in time To start counting at the same time a
270. setting that you want e Use CTRL Mouse Wheel to zoom in or out e On the toolbar click the Fit to window Actual size button to swap between 100 and Fit to Screen zoom levels 8 14 Exporting an image of the AOls on the media To export an image of the AOls on the media 1 To open the media shortcut menu right click with the mouse on the media 2 Inthe media shortcut menu click Export Image to open the Save As dialog 3 Locate an appropriate folder then enter a file name and click Save 8 15 Managing AOI groups All created AOls have their own identity This means that AOls carrying the same name will still be treated as individual AOls even if they are associated with the same media element To aggregate data from different AOls AOls must be grouped AOI groups can group AOls within a single media as well as across multiple media and across tests An AOI group is treated as a single AOI in the Statistics view of Tobii Studio The grouped AOls can be seen as a single AOI shown in different media and at different times To display AOI group labels on AOls 1 On the toolbar click the Show drop down menu button 2 Inthe drop down menu click Show AOI Groups Names To create an AOI group 1 Select the AOls that you want to include in the AOI group that you are about to create 2 Under the toolbar click AOI Groups the AOI groups dialog opens 3 Inthe AOI groups dialog click New Group 4 To change the name of the AOI group dou
271. shold is treated as a sac cade point and discarded This fixation filter also allows you to set a minimum fixation duration i e fixations with a duration below the Duration Threshold value will be discarded from the analysis This feature can be used for example to discard involuntary fixations from your data set based on a duration threshold The location of the fixation point is determined by using the mean of the X and Y coordinates of the raw gaze data points belong ing to the same fixation The timestamp of the fixation is taken from the first sample included in the fixation and the duration is measured from the elapsed time between the first and last sample included in the fixation The basic idea behind these algorithms is that if we know the eye tracker sample rate and measure the distance between neigh boring gaze data points we can calculate changes in the eye movement velocity for all eye movement samples During this proc ess the raw data points are assigned to the same fixation if the velocity remains below a certain threshold or to a new fixation 54 6 Defining fixations User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US when it rises above this threshold The location of the fixation is then determined by finding the median or mean of the X and Y coordinates from the raw data points belonging to the same fixation The I VT ClearView uses a velocity threshold unit that is based in pixels instead of deg s Consequently if you
272. sic understanding of eye tracking methodology For more details on the available courses visit the Products amp Services section at www tobii com or contact the Tobii sales represen tative in your area Alternatively you can also send an e mail to training analysis tobii com 1 7 Tobii Studio Editions Tobii Studio is available in three editions Basic Professional and Enterprise The table below shows the features available in each of the Tobii Studio editions Features Basic Professional Enterprise Test Design Instruction stimuli Image stimuli Movie stimuli Web stimuli e PDF stimuli e Questionnaire stimuli Scene camera 7 External video Recording Eye gaze Independent variables Stimuli related events Keystrokes and mouse clicks ig s Web page transitions and scrolling s Internet Explorer Event Logging User video and sound Local live viewer Remote live viewer over IP Retrospective Think Aloud RTA 2 1 Introduction User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US Features Basic Professional Enterprise Replay Gaze replay s e i Video clips s Visualization Gaze plot Heat map s Areas of Interest AOls Automatic cluster AOls Statistics Descriptive statistics tables and s charts Data Filters Fixation
273. siisirioisisirorinisi ismini aancweesen saceteesaenecasstesaccadenenaersuaarieeass 144 Tobi Studio media UAE AE ONS css eN needles eaceentseemeadoeonns 145 PpOSHGIKGS nr aa a es Cs 146 14 1 Appendix A Tobii Studio critical timing information ssssssssssssrrsssssrrrrssrrirrnsrrrrnsrrrrrnnrrrrensnns 146 14 1 1 Stimulus start time offset images and videos ccececececeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeees 147 14 1 2 Display view time offset images s icsccssctincssucdectsssteceadestcaidenssincandabcientenserbeclaueiediite 147 14 1 3 Recorded view time offset images ccccceeeeececeeceeeeeeeeeeneaeeeeeeeesecenceeeeeeeeteneaes 148 14 1 4 Recommendations sacaste enia aE aaa E oa A AA A a ia N aE EA 149 14 2 VelocityChart Visualizing eye tracking data on a timeline ssssssssssssssresssrrrrrrrrrrrersssssrrrrrrerreee 150 14 2 1 Important NotitiGatlons sessies oat era a a a ai aaa a a a 151 14 2 2 Using VelocityChart to tune the Raw Data or the I VT Fixation filters ee 151 142 3 Velocity Chart Settings iis fc2ccssscedecscsncesccotsSttehedianteetsettecdsoietanbinesdieeccnide aaa 152 14 2 4 Exporting gaze velocity and fixation data from VelocityChart cseeeeeessseeeeeeaneeeees 152 1 Introduction Tobii Studio offers a comprehensive platform for the recording and analysis of eye gaze data facilitating the interpretation of human behavior consumer responses and psychology Combining an easy preparation fo
274. single media element In the AOI group summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings and follows the rules described in the pre vious paragraph row settings In the AOI metric summary columns the N value represents the number of Recordings x the total number of AOIs i e all AOls in cluded in all media elements 9 4 4 2 Brief description Number of times the participant fixates on the media before fixating on an AOI or AOI group for the first time count 9 4 4 3 Aligning the metric starting time with the AOls active starting point in time To start counting at the same time an AOI becomes active 1 Inthe Areas of Interest tab move the Time indicator slider to the key frame where the AOI becomes active 2 Note the current time displayed above the video controls 3 Inthe Statistics tab on the toolbar click the Media time button the Media Time dialog opens In the Media Time dialog enter the AOls start time you just noted and click Done WARNING Changing the data collection Starting Time will affect all metrics in the table 9 4 5 First Fixation Duration seconds This metric measures the duration of the first fixation on an AOI or an AOI group When using AOI groups the measured fixation corresponds to the first fixation on any of the AOls belonging to the group i Cut off fixations as described in the introduction of section O will affect descriptive statistics for this metric There are
275. sition of fixations dots on a static media e g an image or a scene or a dynamic media e g a movie or a dynamic website The size of the dots indicates the fixation duration and the numbers in the dots represent the order of the fixations Gaze Plots can be used to illustrate the gaze pattern of a single test participant through out the entire eye tracking session or of several participants in a short time interval GAZE PLOT GazePlot Media Spotify A world of music Instant simple and free Time 00 00 00 000 00 00 21 494 Participant fiter All Participants Preset Dafu ama Number of participants included 1 8 12 SETTINGS Fixations Duration z i Scale Q 100 Vaprid of music 3i and free APPEARANCE amp STYLE Border Color Custom Color Fill Color Recording Colors Gaze Order Show Show aa Gaze Trail Opacity nD 10 F e_ Day ass Pri ium All the mus bd no cost 1 e Monthly Auem noad GD 00 ms User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 7 Visualizing Eye Tracking Data 61 To generate a gaze plot 1 From the media list in the Selection pane click a media element to select it 2 Select the Recordings check boxes to include the recordings in the visualization Uncheck to remove the recordings 3 Click the Gaze Plot tab to display the fixation plot 4 For instructions on how to customize the appearance of the gaze plots please read
276. st name checkbox if the test name should be included in the file name User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 10 Exporting Data 121 4 Inthe File naming dialog select the Additional checkbox if you want to add additional characters to the file name 5 Click Done 10 7 Saving the data export output file To save the data export output file 1 On the Data Export toolbar click the Export Data button to open the Browse For Folder dialog 2 Inthe Browse For Folder dialog navigate the appropriate folder for the data export output file and click OK You can create a new folder in the currently selected folder by clicking the Make New Folder button 10 8 Saving and Loading Data Export Settings Data export settings can be saved to be used in later or in other projects The saved settings include e Data types selected e Output number of files One single file Individual files e File name configuration for Individual files export e Column order e Cell format The data set selection is not saved in the settings To save Data Export settings 1 Make sure current settings are correct 2 To open the save current settings dialog click the Save Settings button on the Data Export toolbar 3 Inthe Save current settings dialog enter a settings name and click OK To load a Data Export setting 1 On the Data Export toolbar click the Load Settings button A drop down menu appears 2 Inthe drop down menu locate the pro
277. st pane This is where you can select Areas of interest and change the appearance of them e AOl property bar This is where you find and change properties of a selected AOI e Areas of interest workspace This is where the media is displayed and where you create the areas of interest e Video controls and Timeline This is where you replay your dynamic media With some non interactive media types such as instruction elements images and Movie elements it is possible to create AOls before recordings have been made With interactive media types such as web elements screen recordings and pdf elements re cordings must be made before the media appears in the media list in the AOI tool For Tobii Glasses recordings where IR markers have NOT been used you need to create AOls for each participant separately and group the corresponding AOls to ag gregate data If IR markers have been used AOls can be created on snapshots Data will then automatically be aggregated throughout the selected data set The AOls in Tobii Studio can be e Static AOls The shapes of static AOls in Tobii Studio are drawn by the user Static AOls will collect data throughout the entire display time of the media To create a static AOI use the tools and operations described in the following sections 76 8 Creating and Managing Areas of Interest User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US e Dynamic AOls The shapes and behaviors of dynamic AOls in Tobii S
278. sts 17 Before adding the External Video element to a test make sure the hardware is set up properly The video source needs to be connected with a video capture card FireWire cable or USB cable to the computer where Tobii Studio is running Install the correct drivers and codecs on the computer to avoid possibly compromising recording performance Please refer to the Tobii System Requirements amp Recommendations document available at www tobii com or contact Tobii support for information on recommended video capture cards and setups To add the element to the test 1 Drag the media element icon to the test workspace timeline indicated by the gray arrow in the user interface The media setup dialog box opens To name the External Video element 1 The software uses External Video Element as the default name You can change it by clicking the Element Name field deleting the existing text and typing a new name To set the video source and properties 1 Choose the video source by selecting a device form the Video Source drop down list 2 Ifthe device has more than one input e g S video and composite specify the input you want to use for the video re cording by selecting it in the Inputs drop down list 3 Choose the codec you want to use to convert and or compress the video signal during the recording by selecting an op tion from the Video Codec drop down list The choice of codec will impact the video quality file si
279. t view times e g when browsing a website or a PDF document the longest view time is used to determine the timeline scale The duration of each individual recording is indicated by a colored dot that is coded with the color shown next to the re cording in the Recordings list You can see below the image illustrating the timeline and its main components together with their description go Q Start 0001723 H e 00 00 01 399 a gt Data Accumulate 00 00 00 00 00 01 00 00 02 Y 00 00 03 00 00 06 00 00 07 00 00 08 a oy 1 Start the point from where to start including the gaze data in the visualization 2 Duration the time length for which the gaze data will be included in the visualization counted from the Start point 3 Lock icons used for setting a same value for the Start and or Duration for each recording and media If you set a Start time and then lock it when choosing a different recording from the list or a different media the Start value stays the same Please note that if you have locked one of the Start or Duration you can still modify their respective values 4 The current time displays the current time counting from the beginning of the recording for which the data is currently displayed For the Accumulate see step 7 below the data included is from the Start point to the Current time For the Sliding Window see 7 the interval being visualized is the duration of the sliding window to
280. ta set e Data export columns types selection area This is where you select what data types you would like to include in the data export file e Output toolbar This is where you define the export data file properties such as file name and column order To export data from Tobii Studio you need to define 1 The data set What are the data sources Full recordings Segments or Media Read 10 1 Selecting the data set from which data is exported User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 10 Exporting Data 119 Data types What types of data would you like to see in you exported file Read 10 2 Selecting the data types to be in cluded in the data export Export data file properties How should the data export file be formatted and where should it be written read the follow ing sections e 10 3 Defining the column order of the data export output file e 10 4 Setting the number of data export output files e 10 5 Defining the data cell format of the data export output file e 10 6 Setting the file name of the data export output file 10 1 Selecting the data set from which data is exported To select the data set from which data is exported 1 To open the Data set dialog do one of the following e On the toolbar click the Select Data Set button e Inthe Data to export pane on the left click the Select Data Set button In the Data set dialog click the data set category from which you want to export data e Full
281. ters tab you can choose to discard the data from one of the eyes or average the data from both eyes by click ing the Eye Selection drop down list Eye Selection Filter and selecting Left Right or Average After selecting the gaze data Left or Right eye or recalculating the gaze points Average you can choose either to not process the data further by selecting the Raw Data Filter check box or to process the gaze data further into fixations using the Tobii Fixa tion Filter or the ClearView Fixation Filter For more information on what fixation filters are and how they work please read 6 Defining fixations 12 2 5 Recording settings Under the Recordings tab you can configure the recording settings 12201 Recording Shortcut Keys The ESC key on your keyboard is the default key for ending and exiting the recording while F10 is the default key for moving the presentation to the next media element To change the recording shortcut keys 1 Click the End the recording drop down list and select a keyboard key from the list 2 Click the Move to next test element drop down list and select a keyboard key from the list 3 Click the Restore default button to restore the shortcut keys to ESC and F10 12252 Timing Settings Tobii Studio initiates the stimulus presentation by sending a command to the computer s graphics card to write the stimulus data to its memory When this process is finished the stimulus is sent to the monitor via a VGA o
282. the font and color of the text by clicking the Font button and choosing from the color drop down list 4 Select the element s background by selecting the Color option and selecting a color from the list or by selecting the Im age option and locating an image file on your computer To choose how the instruction element ends and moves to the next element select one of the following options from the Properties area e View time The Instruction screen will be displayed until the set time duration expires To set the duration select a prede termined time value in seconds in the View Time field e Mouse click The Instruction screen will be displayed until the mouse is clicked by either the test participant or the test leader e Key press The Instruction screen will be displayed until a key on the keyboard is pressed by either the test participant or the test leader Click the Key press drop down list and select a key from the list Select the Show Mouse Cursor check box to display the mouse cursor on the screen during presentation of the Instruction Select Enable for visualizations to enable eye tracking during the presentation of the Instruction element During the recording an image file of the Instruction is created This is used to create heat maps gaze plots AOls and more As a result selecting this option will make the project larger User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 4 Designing and Recording Tests 13 4 1
283. the playback of the replay 1 Select Replay On to hear the test audio during playback 2 Select User Camera On to hear the audio from the user camera a microphone must be connected to the Tobii Studio computer and enabled during the recording The Snap to time markers option helps you when editing segments as it snap to the white time markers on the timeline when you drag to change the segment start or end point For details please read How to edit segments in 5 4 2 Generating segments manually User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 5 Replaying and Editing Recordings 37 5 2 Performing a Retrospective Think Aloud recording Retrospective Think Aloud RTA is a commonly used technique in which the test leader follows up an eye tracking test with an interview during which the participant explains his her behavior during the test Tobii Studio s RTA feature allows you to conduct and record an RTA interview while showing a playback of the original Tobii Studio recording or any other application to the par ticipant on the screen of the computer running Tobii Studio Or it can also be used as an external sound recorder replacement during the interview The RTA recordings will be available in the recordings list in the Replay view for playback and further analysis To make an RTA recording in Tobii Studio 1 If there is no microphone already connected and configured connect a microphone to the computer and then go to the Too
284. the same media element When participant groups are selected as rows then the N value will be equal to the number of recordings included in the group Summary columns In the AOI media summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x the number of AOls included in a single media element In the AOI group summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings and follows the rules described in the pre vious paragraph row settings In the AOI metric summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x the total number of AOls i e all AOls in cluded in all media elements 116 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US Time from First Fixation to Next Mouse Click Across Media Measured in seconds h Fixations on media size indicates duration eo op 8 22 Media 2 view time X h Time from First Fixation to Next Mouse Click Across Media on AOI B in Media 1 9 4 23 2 Brief description The time from the first fixation on an AOI until the test participant left clicks with the mouse on the AOI or AOI group for the first time seconds 9 5 Copying tables and charts to the clipboard Use the copy function to quickly copy a table or chart from the Statistics view into a document To copy a table or chart 1 Click the Copy button to show the Copy menu 2 Select Copy Table or Copy Chart The table c
285. the segment once the pointer becomes a double headed arrow you can drag the seg ment to change the start and stop points In the Settings pane select the Snap to time markers check box to make the segment edges snap to the timeline tick marks Segments can be used to repeatedly play back the same section of the recording Click the infinity icon located just to the right of the segment name to loop one segment at a time 5 4 3 Grouping Segments Segments can be grouped into Segment Groups You can create multiple segments of different recordings and add those to a Segment Group and then you can further analyze the data of that Segment Group in the Statistics and Visualizations tabs and al so use them when exporting the data in the data export view This is useful when you want to cut out from your analysis certain portions of data of the recordings and keep only the data Segments that are relevant for your study Recordings list can be filtered by Segment Groups in both Visualizations and Statistics tabs in order to show and analyze only the data corresponding to that group of selected parts of recordings User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 5 Replaying and Editing Recordings 41 To add 1 2 3 00 03 51 142 am gt fw L a Segment 3 Segment 2 an existing segment to a Segment Group Click the segment menu arrow and select Add Segment to Segment Group Either choose one of the existing Segment Groups o
286. this feature to batch export visualization image files with multiple participant filters from only the current media from all the media within a single Tobii Studio Test or all the media from all the tests included in the current project To batch export visualization images 1 Click the Export button on the Visualization header and select Batch Export Visualization Images The Batch Export Visu alization Images opens 2 Select from the Export Scope dropdown list one of the following e Only current selected media e All static media in current test e All static media in current project User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 7 Visualizing Eye Tracking Data 73 Select the Image Format JPEG or PNG Select if you want to Export only the Visualization Layer This option is available only if you have selected PNG as image format at previous step Choose from the Scale Max Value dropdown list the maximum value used for the color mapping by choosing between two different options only for Heat Maps e Recalculate for each media set the maximum independent of the other heat maps being exported exports with default values e Use current setting for all media set the value of all exported heat maps the same as the value of the current heat map value can only be changed and viewed prior to clicking Batch Export Select the time interval for the export from the Time Selection dropdown list e Use current time selecti
287. tically when all calibration points have been shown anos When the calibration is finished the calibration results are displayed in two vector plots in the Calibration Result dialog box Problem Calibration pointmissing Problem Largeerrorsin calibration Perfect calibration Solution Selectandrecalibratethe Solution Check eye tracker setup missing point glasses and participant Make new calibration The calibration plot shows error vectors green lines the length of each green line indicates the difference between the gaze point calculated by the eye tracker and the actual dot position Recalibration of certain points should be made if the lines are long or if there are no lines at all at a certain point If the calibration was unsuccessful the calibration result Not Enough Calibration Data will be displayed If this is the case repo sition the test participant in front of the eye tracker and check for any factors that could be interfering with pupil detection e g an infrared light source that is directed at the eye tracker sensor or the participant s eyes dirty or scratched glasses or droopy eyelids Click Recalibrate to recalibrate the participant Optional When you have completed the calibration on a screen you can also assess the quality of your calibration by clicking the Check Calibration button in the Accept Calibration dialog box The participants gaze point is displayed as a circle in real time
288. time when you start Tobii Studio until it has been activated If the software has not been activated within the 5 days you will not be able to run Tobii Studio without activating it Automatic activation can also be used after you have started Tobii Studio Open the Help menu in Tobii Studio s main menu and click Activate License Automatic If an error occurs a message will appear stating that you were not able to activate Tobii Studio Click the Yes button to continue to the manual activation or click No to activate automatically at a later stage To activate the license key manually 1 Start Tobii Studio In the License Data dialog box click the Activate Later button A dialog box opens informing you that Your Tobii Studio software must be activated in 5 1 days 2 Create a new project or open an existing project for details read3 1 Creating a new project and 3 2 Opening an existing project 3 Open the Help menu on Tobii Studio s main menu and click Activate License Manual to open the Manual activation di alog box 4 Inthe Manual Activation Information box you can find the information needed to activate your license You can save that information in a text file by clicking the Save as file button 5 You can then choose between three methods to activate your license e Open your web browser and go to the activation page http StudioHelp tobii org Activate if possible on a different computer and enter the li
289. tion Tool will now open To change the Default Distance for the selected recording 1 With the fullscreen Parallax Correction Tool open click the down arrow button to the right of the stated current Default Distance 2 Select a predetermined range or Set custom distance If setting a custom distance type the desired distance in centi meters and click OK The Default Distance header turns green and states the new distance 3 Click Save changes in the top right section of the tool when finished making alterations This will take you back to the Re play screen Changes made to both the Default Distance and individually selected sections are highlighted in green before they have been saved Click Save changes while in the fullscreen Parallax Correction Tool to update the gaze data overlay Only after the save and update has taken place will the replay show the data corrected for the set distances Select Close in the fullscreen Parallax Correction Tool to exit the full screen mode without saving any changes made If you try to close without saving changes you will be asked if you want to save your changes before closing To specify a new section with a new distance 1 Open the fullscreen Parallax Correction Tool 2 Inthe timeline select the time you want to set a distance for Do so by dragging the timeline marker to the start of the de sired interval and then dragging the right handle to the end of the interval For setting a more
290. tlmage event timestamp Display lag frames changes the value by screen refresh cycle whereas the Display lag in milliseconds can be used to fine tune the offset compensation values When you change one of the settings the other will adjust accordingly To change the values click the adjustment arrows or type a value in the setting box i When this feature is activated it will affect the ImageStart event timestamps of your recordings Make sure you disable it if you are running tests where you do not want or need to adjust for the display lag If you are using a CRT monitor to display your stimulus you should deactivate this feature 1225 3 Light Sensor Trigger Settings The light sensor trigger feature enables you to automatically add black or white squares to stimuli images during the image pre sentation These black and white squares will be used to trigger the light sensor of the Cedrus StimTracker for TX300 Eye Track er or other supported systems This functionality is currently only applicable for image stimuli If other types of stimuli are available on the recording timeline a warning message will be displayed when a recording is initiated Recordings with mixed sets of media can be performed but only the images will be provided with the colored square defined by this feature and the other stimuli might result in false trigger events being detected by the light sensor The light sensor trigger can be customized in terms of size and position
291. to a single media element The bars are organized by media Row option selection and then AOI User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics 91 e AOI Media Summary Each bar represents the data from all AOls present in a single media element The bars are organ ized by media and then Row option selection e AOI Group Summary Each bar represents the data from an AOI group calculated for all the selected media The bars are organized by Row option selection and then AOI group e AOI Metric Summary Each column represents the data from all AOls and all media The bars are organized by Row op tion selection 9 3 1 4 Selecting a time interval for analysis Use the Media time button in the Statistics workspace to restrict the analysis to a specific time interval of your recording This is done by first selecting the start time of the interval and then by defining the duration of the interval These settings will be ap plied to all recordings included in the analysis The currently selected start time and duration are displayed to the right of the Me dia time button To set the start time and duration for data collection 1 Click the Media time button The Media Time dialog box opens 2 Set the start time in seconds in the Start Time field 3 If you wish to specify the duration of the data collection select the second option and specify the duration in seconds in the field Othe
292. to apply the color distribution mapping for more details read 7 5 2 How are heat maps calculated To change the variable represented in the heat map 1 On the right side pane in the Settings area from the Type dropdown select one of the options e Count is calculated by the number of fixations e Absolute duration is calculated by the duration of fixations e Relative duration is calculated by the duration of the fixations relative to the total time spent by the participants on the selected media To change the heat map style and color 1 4 In the Settings area on the right side panel drag the Radius slider to change the value for the Kernel size width of the color mapping around a single fixation The default value is 50 pixels Read 7 5 2 How are heat maps calculated before you make any changes to this setting In the Appearance amp Style area on the right side panel click the Style drop down list to select whether you want to use e Heatmap The colored heat map uses a color gradient to display the areas with more or longer fixations e Gaze Opacity uses a transparency gradient The gaze opacity shows the parts of the media with the highest counts or longest fixations and shades the rest of the media Click one of the three color boxes under Color to change the colors of the heat map gradient The box on the left repre sents few fixations while the box on the right represents more fixations The
293. to generate the chart The chart legend is displayed on the right side of the chart area and shows the color code of the bars in the chart and the respective AOI AOI group or AOI summary all AOls names When you select participant groups the chart will also display summary bars all participants This bar is calculated using the da ta from all the recordings included in all the participant groups When you select multiple metrics each metric will be displayed in its own chart Use the scroll bar to view the different charts Above the chart area you can view a brief description of the metrics used to generate the charts The chart properties are available when you click the Chart button On the toolbar you can select the descriptive statistic and customize the information displayed on the graph such as showing the title legend point values and setting a maximum value for the Y axis To select the descriptive statistic 1 Click the Calculate by button The Descriptive Statistics drop down list is displayed The selected value is displayed by default as the header of the list 2 Select the descriptive statistics by clicking the Mean Max Min Sum or Stdev option buttons 3 Click anywhere outside the list to close it You can choose not to show the title legend and or point values by clearing the respective check boxes Select the Set Max Value check box and type an integer value in the Set Max Value field to change the maximum valu
294. tting will correspond to 35 16 6 x 5 0 42 pixels ms threshold on a 60 Hz eye tracker while on a 300 Hz eye tracker the threshold will be 35 3 3 x 5 2 1 2 pixels ms Due to the initial missing data interpolation if there is no significant change in the position of the gaze data points before and after 100 ms of the missing gaze data the fixation will remain intact i e one single fixation However if the consecutive missing gaze points together account for more than 100 ms 6 7 data points at 60 Hz of missing data the fixation is split into two sepa rate fixations irrespective of its location For more details and pseudo code read the Appendix of Olsson 2007 Master Thesis P Olsson 2007 Real time and offline filters for eye tracking Msc thesis KTH Royal Institute of Technology April 2007 6 3 ClearView Fixation Filter The ClearView fixation algorithm is based on the I VT Velocity Threshold Identification fixation filter outlined by Salvucci and Goldberg 2000 The velocity feature is calculated by measuring the distance between two adjacent data points Each point is then labeled as a fixation if the velocity is below a certain threshold Otherwise it is labelled as a saccade The threshold is set by selecting a Velocity Threshold value i e this value represents the maximum pixel distance between two consecutive data points for them to be considered part of a fixation Every point with a calculated velocity located above the thre
295. tudio User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 2 5 Open the Eye tracker Selector dialog box tab by either clicking the connection status button on the Design and Record tab or by opening the Global Settings dialog box and selecting the Eye Tracker tab Select the eye tracker by clicking the eye tracker row in the Available Eye trackers list Click the Upgrade eye tracker button The Eye Tracker Browser dialog box will open and the upgrade process will start immediately When the upgrade process is completed click OK to close the Eye tracker Selector dialog box or Global Settings dialog box Firmware upgrades can improve the eye tracker s performance and set of features Upgrading the eye tracker s firm ware may fix bugs resolve connection and trackability issues or improve compatibility with new operating systems Firmware upgrades may have an impact on the eye tracking data If you are in the middle of performing a recording a firmware upgrade is not recommended Updating Tobii Studio Tobii is committed to complying with the dynamic requirements of its clients and releases several version updates of Tobii Studio each year Customers with a valid Support amp Upgrade contract are entitled to free software updates and free technical support If you are connected to the internet you will be prompted if you are using an old version of Tobii Studio when you start it To update Tobii Studio 1 2 3 Click Help on
296. tudio are defined by so called Keyframes Each Keyframe is a user defined shape and position of the AOI that corresponds to a certain point on the timeline of the media Dynamic media containing dynamic AOls will typically have numerous Keyframes for each AOI In between these Key frames Tobii Studio will interpolate the shape and position of the AOI so that the AOI moves smoothly from one Key frame to the next Any changes that are made to an AOI somewhere on the timeline will create a new Keyframe unless you are changing an existing Keyframe e The vertices of the AOI shapes will interpolate move linearly from Keyframe to Keyframe in constant velocity Transformations such as rotation will therefore have an effect on the AOI size To minimize these effects create numerous Keyframes by rotating the AOI shape in small steps e During playback of dynamic AOls in the Tobii Studio Areas of Interest tool an AOI may appear to be erroneously animated not aligned with the object in the movie However the collection of data will still be correct as long as the AOls align with the analyzed objects when viewing the media frame by frame Dynamic AOls have user defined active or inactive states throughout the timeline During active state intervals the AOI will col lect eye gaze data During inactive state intervals the AOI will not collect eye gaze data The basic workflow of creating Dynamic AOls 1 Draw an AOl around the researched object in the media
297. tudio version number 4 Follow the on screen prompts and instructions to complete the installation Start Tobii Studio by clicking the icon on your desktop to launch Tobii Studio Alternatively click Start menu gt All Programs gt Tobii From the Tobii menu select Studio and then click the Tobii Studio application The first time you run Tobii Studio you will need to provide the license key to run the software To uninstall Tobii Studio 1 Open the Windows Start menu and select All Programs 2 Click Tobii Studio 3 Click Uninstall Tobii Studio 4 2 Installing and Updating Tobii Studio User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 4 Follow the on screen prompts and instructions to remove Tobii Studio 22i License key activation When you use Tobii Studio for the first time start by typing the license key in the License key text field After typing the license key you have the option of selecting either Activate Now or Activate Later e If your computer is connected to the Internet type your organization name and an e mail address in the respective fields and then click Activate Now The activation process is initiated and you can start using Tobii Studio once it is completed e Ifyou do not have an Internet connection regardless of whether not you will in the future click Activate later By clicking Activate Later you have a grace period of 5 days to activate Tobii Studio The License Data dialog box will appear every
298. twork hard drive 3 2 Opening an existing project Once a project has been created it is listed in the Tobii Studio Project Library dialog box To open an existing project from the project list 1 Start Tobii Studio to display the Tobii Studio Project Library dialog box or if Tobii Studio is already running choose Fil e gt Open Project to open the Tobii Studio Project Library 2 Inthe project list double click a project to open it Alternatively click the project to highlight it and then click Open 3 3 Linking a project to the project library You can copy and paste Tobii Studio projects between different computers or disk drives and link them to the Tobii Studio Proj ect Library To link a project to the project library 1 Inthe Tobii Studio Project Library window click the Link Project to Library button to open Windows Explorer 2 Browse to the appropriate project folder 3 Double click the project folder to open it in Windows Explorer 4 Click the database file db3 and then click Open to add it to the project list 5 You can now open the project within the Tobii Studio Project Library i When you link a project to the Tobii Studio Project Library only a link is created in the library while the project archive tests stimuli and recording database remains in its original location The project location is listed in the Tobii Studio Project Library s project list under the Path column For instructions on how to rem
299. ue of 1 User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 4 Designing and Recording Tests 25 In this example we thus obtain the following sequences 4x 4 Square Recording 1 1243 Recording 2 2314 Recording 3 3421 Recording 4 4132 We see that in this Latin Square media element 1 follows immediately after media elements 2 3 and 4 one time each Similarly media element 2 immediately follows media elements 1 3 and 4 one time each media element 3 immediately follows media ele ments 1 2 and 4 one time each and media element 4 immediately follows media elements 1 2 and 3 one time each If the number of media elements is odd we need to create twice as many sequences as media elements x 2n in order to present the media in all possible positions We first start by following the same equation as when the number of media elements is even and go through the n sequences When this is done we reverse the first set of sequences to create a second set For example when 5 media elements are randomized the first sequence of the first set is equal to 1 2 5 3 4 and the first se quence of the second set is equal to 4 3 5 2 1 where each number represents a media element 5 x 5 Square 5 x 5 Square Recording 1 12534 Recording 6 43521 Recording 2 23145 Recording 7 54132 Recording 3 34251 Recording 8 15243 Recording 4 45312 Recording 9 21354 Recording 5 514
300. ulation also depends on the Row option selection The data is displayed using the following column hierarchal order metric gt All media groups the data from all the selected media gt AOI Group gt De scriptive Statistics Example below 2 images DrawAngry JPG and DrawHappy JPG 2 AOI Groups emotional face and neutral faces Row option Recordings Time to First Fixation All Medias emotional face neutral faces N Mean Sum N 3 Mean i Sum Recordings Count Seconds Seconds Count Seconds Seconds Rec 01 1 0 85 0 85 1 0 30 0 30 AOI Metric Summary Each cell in the AOI Metric Summary columns contains the descriptive statistic value for all AOls and all the media The cell value calculation also depends on the Row option selection The data is displayed using the following column hierarchal order metric gt All media groups the data from all the selected media gt All AOls groups the data from all AOls present in each media gt Descriptive Statistics Example below 2 metrics Time to First Fixation and Fixation Duration 2 images DrawAngry JPG and DrawHappy JPG 2 AOls DrawAngryEyes and neutral eyes Row option Recordings Time to First Fixation Fixation Duration All Medias All Medias All AOIs All AOIs N Mean Sum N Mean Sum Racendings Count Seconds Seconds Count Seconds Seconds Rec 01 4 1 17 4 68 6 0 44 2 64 X axis levels in charts e AOls per media Each bar represents the data from an AOI belonging
301. ur computer settings for faster performance Read 14 1 4 Recommendations for information on how to optimize the eye tracking system for low offsets during data collection 12 1 1 Setting up display resolution During the eye tracking study use the same resolution and color depth on the participant screen i e the eye tracker screen for the Tobii T Series Eye Tracker or the screen used to present the stimulus with an X Series Eye Tracker and the operator screen a secondary screen connected to the Tobii Studio computer To change the computer screen resolution settings Windows XP 1 Open the Start menu and click Control Panel 2 Inthe Control Panel click Appearance Themes and then click Display 3 On the Settings tab under Screen resolution drag the slider and then click Apply 4 When prompted to apply the settings click OK Your screen will turn black for a moment 5 Once your screen resolution changes you have 15 seconds to confirm the change Click Yes to confirm the change click No or do nothing to revert to your previous setting 6 To improve the graphics card performance and reduce the hard disk load select High 16 bit for Color Quality For stud ies that require higher color quality use a computer with high performance and contact Tobii Support for recommendations Windows 7 1 Open the Start menu on your computer and select Control Panel 2 Inthe Control Panel find the Appearance and Personalization category and cl
302. user camera video capture properties 1 Choose the video source by selecting a camera from the Video Source drop down list 2 Ifthe device has more than one input e g S video and composite specify the input you want to use for the video re cording by selecting it in the Inputs drop down list 3 Choose the codec you want to use to convert and or compress the video signal during the recording by selecting a co dec from the Video Codec drop down list The choice of codec will impact the video quality file size and CPU load dur ing recording For most purposes the Microsoft Video 1 codec is recommended 4 Click the Settings button to set the temporal quality ratio of the video compression The higher the quality ratio the bet ter the video quality will be but the more CPU resources will be consumed 5 Click Edit to enable or disable codecs from the list Select the codec from the disabled list and click the left direction arrow to add the codec to the Video Codec drop down list Do the opposite to remove a codec 6 Click the Preview box to preview the video streamed from the device 7 Select the Record user sound check box to enable user sound recording and choose the microphone used to record the user form the Audio Source drop down list To enable live viewing 1 Select the Enable live viewing check box to enable the local Remote Viewer If this option is unchecked you will not be able to open the local Remote Viewer
303. value represents the number of recordings x the total number of AOls i e all AOls in cluded in all media elements 110 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US Mouse Click Count Measured in counts y Mouse click on media h hh hh Pe Media iviewtime Mouse Click Count for AOI B in Media 1 3 9 4 18 2 Brief description Number of times the participant left clicks with the mouse on an AOI or an AOI group count 9 4 19 Mouse Click Count zero count This metric is calculated in the same way as Mouse Click Count with the exception that if at the end of the recording the partici pant has not clicked on the AOI the Mouse Click Count value will be registered as zero and the recording will be included in the descriptive statistics calculations e g when computing N and means 9 4 19 1 Brief description Number of times the participant left clicks with the mouse on an AOI or an AOI group count 9 4 20 _ Time to First Mouse Click seconds This metric measures how long it takes before a test participant left clicks with the mouse on an AOI or AOI group for the first time The time measurement starts when the media containing the AOI is first displayed and it stops when the participant clicks on the same AOI When using AOI groups the time measurement stops when the participant clicks on any of the AOls belong ing to the group If during the recording the same
304. web pages are fully compatible with Internet Explorer 8 before starting the recording you need to set Internet Ex plorer 8 to run in compatibility mode To turn on the Internet Explorer 8 compatibility mode 1 Open Internet Explorer 2 Click the Tools menu and then select Compatibility View Settings 3 Inthe Compatibility View Settings dialog box select the option Display all websites in Compatibility View 16 4 Designing and Recording Tests User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 4 Click Close to accept the changes and close the dialog box 4 1 2 5 Screen Recording The Screen Recording media element is used to record the screen and gaze activity of the participants when using an applica tion on the computer running Tobii Studio It is intended for use with low intensity graphics applications such as word processors or PowerPoint For applications that are more graphic intensive such as high quality movies or computer games use the Movie or External Video media element instead During a screen recording the participant is free to use any type of application on the computer To add the element to the test 1 Drag the media element icon to the test workspace timeline indicated by the gray arrow in the user interface The media setup dialog box opens To name the Screen Recording element 1 The software uses Screen Recording Element as the default name You can change it by clicking in the Element Name
305. window 140 12 General Settings User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 2 Select the Enable remote viewing check box to use Studio Logger Remote Viewer If this option is unchecked you will not be able to view the Remote Viewer window in the Remote Desktop pane of Studio Logger When remote viewing is enabled you can choose to allow Tobii Studio to connect to several Studio Logger clients sev eral computers running the Studio logger Select the Use multicast check box to create a multicast IP address and ena ble multicasting The IP address is displayed in the Multicast IP address field Select the Sound and Camera image check boxes to enable broadcasting of the user camera image and sound to Studio Logger 12 2 2 Eye Tracker browser and hardware settings The Eye Tracker tab allows you to select and connect to the eye tracker connected to the Tobii Studio computer as well as con figure the connection to old eye tracker models update the eye tracker firmware and configure the X Series Eye Tracker setup Soren and Video Capture Eye Tracker Calibration Type Host Name Cant find your eye tracker Test selected eye tracker Delete selected eye tracker X Series Config Tool Upgrade eye tracker Eyetrackers of older models can be added manually Use 127 0 0 1 as host if you are running a Tetserver locally Host Name Optional Add eyetracker The first element in the Eye Track
306. wish to change the Velocity Threshold setting you need to consider the sample rate of the eye tracker as well as the image resolution when cal culating the speed For example a 35 pixel radius will correspond to 35 16 6 2 11 pixels ms threshold on a 60 Hz eye tracker while on a 300 Hz eye tracker the threshold will be 35 3 3 10 6 pixels ms D D Salvucci and J H Goldberg 2000 Identifying fixations and saccades in eyetracking protocols In Proceedings of the 2000 symposium on Eye tracking research amp applications pp 71 78 ACM New York NY USA 6 4 Raw Data Filter The gaze data received from the eye tracker consists of gaze point coordinates distance to the eye tracker pupil size etc for the left and right eye separately The Raw data filter will not classify the data into fixations but instead it offers the possibility to apply two data processing functions Gap fill in interpolation and Noise reduction moving average to the data 6 4 1 Gap fill in interpolation Not default for Raw data filter The purpose of the Gap fill in function is to fill in data where valid data is missing For example this is to prevent a fixation in which a few samples are missing being interpreted as two separate fixations Such loss of valid data can occur due to temporary reflec tions in the participant s eyes or glasses etc In these cases the data loss is usually limited to a short period of time typically less than 50 ms Data can also be
307. with the same media element When participant groups are selected as rows then the N value will be equal to the number of recordings included in the group Summary columns In the AOI Media Summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x the number of AOls included in a single media element In the AOI group summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings and follows the rules described in the pre vious paragraph row settings In the AOI metric summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x the total number of AOls i e all AOls in cluded in all media elements Time to First Mouse Click Measured in seconds hh Mouse click on media h 5 Time to First Mouse Click on AOI A in Media 1 9 4 20 2 Brief description The time from the start of the media display until the test participant left clicks with the mouse on the AOI or AOI group for the first time seconds 9 4 21 Time to First Mouse Click Across media seconds This metric measures how long it takes before a test participant left clicks with the mouse on an active AOI or AOI group for the first time The time measurement starts when the media containing the AOI is first displayed For AOI groups the time measure ment starts when a media containing an AOI member of the group is first displayed Time measurement stops when the partici pant left clicks on the AOI if the AOI is active For AOI groups
308. work connection icon and select Open Network and Sharing Center 2 To view the IP address of e Wired connection click Local Area Connection e Wireless adapter click Wireless Network Connection Network Name 3 Click Details The IP address is on a line where it says IPv4 Address and looks like 149 72 61 234 In order to provide a smooth streaming the Remote Viewer buffers about 10 seconds worth of data before presenting it on screen This means that what is seen on the Tobii Studio Remote Viewer screen is what happened about 10 sec onds ago on the Tobii Studio screen If there are disruptions or disturbances on the network in many cases it is possi ble for the Tobii Studio Remote Viewer to continue displaying the data without the viewer noticing any difference compared to if there were no disturbances The Buffer Status bar displays how much data is currently available in the buffer If the bar is completely blue the buffer is full and the replay will be running smoothly However if only a small part of the bar is blue this indicates that the level of available da ta is low and the video quality will be poor or the streaming choppy Typically a slow LAN or a temporary large load of traffic on the network causes a low level of available data in the buffer 11 4 Showing the Tobii Studio Remote Viewer in full screen To show the Tobii Studio Remote Viewer in full screen mode do one of the following e On the Tobii
309. xation Before value will not be computed and that recording will thus not be included in the descriptive statistics calculations e g when computing N i When browsing a website or PDF document each visited web URL and PDF page will become a unique media element 1 If the Web Groups tool is used to group two or more URLs the group and not the URL will become a unique media element Fixation Before Measured in counts pim Fixations on media size indicates duration 9O 90 V O 00O Media 2 view time Media 1 view time 6666 Fixation Before on AOI B in Media 1 5 9 4 4 1 N value This statistic describes the N value used to calculate other descriptive statistics such as the mean and standard deviation In the current metric it represents the number of recordings and is calculated as follows Row settings When recordings are selected as table rows the N value will always be equal to 1 98 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US If participants are selected as table rows the N value will be equal to the number of recordings that participant has made with the same media element If participant groups are selected as rows then the N value will be equal to the number of recordings included in the group Summary columns In the AOI media summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x the number of AOls included in a
310. xation Duration zeros seconds This metric is calculated in the same way as Total Fixation Duration with the exception that if at the end of the recording the par ticipant has not fixated on the AOI the Total Fixation Duration will be registered as zero and the recording will be included in the descriptive statistics calculations e g when computing N and means 9 4 8 1 Brief description Duration of all fixations within an AOI or within all AOls belonging to an AOI group seconds 9 4 9 Fixation Count count This metric measures the number of times the participant fixates on an AOI or an AOI group If during the recording the participant leaves and returns to the same media element then the new fixations on the media will be included in the calculations of the metric If at the end of the recording the participant has not fixated on the AOI the Fixation Count value will not be computed and the re cording will not be included in the descriptive statistics calculations e g when computing N Fixation Count Measured in counts D 12 A018 t Ao A Fixations on media size indicates duration Qo00000 BV 00 WOO fixation 6 fixation 7 fixation 14 Fixation Count for AOI B in Media 1 3 9 4 9 1 N value This statistic describes the N value used to calculate other descriptive statistics such as the mean and standard deviation In the current metric it represents the number of recordings and is calculated
311. xation coor dinates of a recording The main purpose of VelocityChart is to help the user set the parameters in the data processing functions particularly when using the I VT fixation filter Below a VelocityChart showing eye tracking data on a timeline pa T VelocityChart Rec 02 Number of fixations 53 Total fixation duration 00 00 21 8768670 Settings VelocityChart 600 v lt o D 3 2 S 0 E E Ds o I ak aaa a Aa A ak i Fe P A ee ee pe I ore Seconds x fe Y lt FixstionX lt Fixationy Fixstion C Velocity The straight red line in VelocityChart above shows the Velocity threshold in the I VT fixation classifier The other lines described on the chart legend are e X Y gaze coordinates raw or processed mm 150 14 Appendixes User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US e Fixation X Fixation Y Fixation coordinates mm e Fixation Indicates fixations found e Velocity Absolute value of the eyes angular velocity degree second 14 2 1 Important Notifications e VelocityChart is a separate application Adjustments to the fixation filter parameters within VelocityChart need to be transferred to Tobii Studio to have an impact on replay visualizations statistics and text export The transfer procedure is described in 14 2 2 Using VelocityChart to tune the Raw Data or the I VT Fixation filters e VelocityChart can only be applied on recordings made with Tobii Stud
312. y Like gaze plots and heat maps clusters are dependent on the fixation filters settings Fixation filters are responsible for determin ing the number size and location of the fixation dots Read more about fixation filters in 6 Defining fixations 7 6 2 How are clusters calculated Simple clustering algorithms calculate the distance between any two points in the data and allocate them to the same cluster if the distance is below a certain pre determined threshold such algorithms are known as distance cluster algorithms The algo rithm behind the Tobii Cluster visualization is based on the robust clustering algorithm suggested by Santella amp DeCarlo 2004 for eye movement data analysis Essentially the cluster algorithm tries to find spatial patterns in the distribution of the gaze data It does so by first moving the gaze points into denser configurations until the points are collected around mode values and then after a number of iterations when the distances between the mode values are larger than the distance threshold it assigns each gaze point located around the same mode value to the same cluster This procedure is summarized in the following algorithm where o represents the distance threshold or spatial scale x yj Spatial Kernel x y exp Os Cluster calculation User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 7 Visualizing Eye Tracking Data 69 Distance threshold Data points Data coordinate
313. y media element e With the appropriate number of recordings every media element can be found in all possible positions 1st 2n4 ith e Each media element is followed by each of the other media elements the same number of times Further down in this section there is a detailed description of the Latin Square design implementation in Tobii Studio To counterbalance for presentation order for an even number of media elements the number of recordings should be equal to or a multiple of the number of counterbalanced media elements to present the media in all possible combina tions For an odd number of media elements you need to use twice as many or a multiple of twice as many record ings as media elements to present the media in all possible combinations To counterbalance the presentation order between two or more media elements 1 Right click the media elements you want to counterbalance 2 Select Counterbalance on the context menu 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 for the other media elements you wish to randomize 4 Or right click the media timeline and select Randomize all to randomize all the media elements on the timeline To counterbalance the presentation of all the elements on the timeline right click on one element and choose Counterbalance presentation To remove the counterbalancing 1 Right click the media element 2 Click Counterbalance to remove the check mark The media is now deselected from the counterbalancing
314. y pee How are heat maps calculated The heat map can either be based on fixation data or raw data depending on if you are using one of the fixation filters or the raw data filter In both cases the data entries consist of a timestamp duration and spatial location X and Y coordinates information Eye tracking raw data is composed of fixation and noise data points The noise includes eye samples during saccades and other small fixation related movements Thus a heat map based on raw data will contain more noise and show larger areas with the high color value When a heat map is based on raw data each entry corresponds to a raw gaze point from the eye tracker sampled every 3 3 to 33 ms depending on the sampling data rate of the eyetracker The duration values for each entry are con stant as they are defined by the duration of the sampling interval When the input is based on fixation data the eye tracker will group the raw data entries into fixations and the duration of each fix ation depends on the fixation filter used to identify the fixations The input data will typically look like this Fixation 1 Start 182 ms Duration 132 ms Location 415 711 Fixation 2 Start 264 ms Duration 735 ms Location 711 491 Fixation 3 Start 999 ms Duration 101 ms Location 301 10 1521 Basic concept The first step in creating a heat map is to map the fixation on the stimuli This is done by going through all the fixations in all the selected rec
315. y threshold in the Fixation filter dialog box Data points with angular velocity below the threshold value are classified fixation and data points above are classified saccade The default Velocity threshold value 30 degrees second The default value was chosen based on Tobii internal testing as well as reviewing eye tracking littera ture e g Rayner K et al 2007 Over et al 2007 and Komogortsev et Al 2010 to identify commonly used settings According to the I VT fixation classifier a fixation is an unbroken chain of data points all classified fixation data points The fixa tion coordinate is calculated as the arithmetic mean value of the coordinates of the data points beloning to the specific fixation Komogortsev et Al 2010 Standardization of Automated Analyses of Oculomotor Fixation and Saccadic Behaviors IEEE Trans actions on Biomedical Engineering vol 57 11 pp 2635 2645 52 6 Defining fixations User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US Rayner K Li X Williams C C Cave K R Well A D 2007 Eye movements during information processing tasks Individual differ ences and cultural effects Vision Research vol 47 21 pp 2714 2726 Over E A B Hooge I T C Vlaskamp B N S and Erkelens C J 2007 Coarse to fine eye movement strategy in visual search Vi sion Research vol 47 17 pp 2272 2280 6 1 5 Merge adjacent fixations Default for I VT The purpose of the Merge adjacent
316. ying and Editing Recordings User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 2 Rev A en US 6 Defining fixations During a recording Tobii Eye Trackers collect raw eye movement data points every 3 3 to 33 ms depending on the sampling da ta rate of the eyetracker Each data point will be identified with a timestamp and X Y coordinates and sent to Tobii Studio In order to visualize the data these coordinates will then be processed further into fixations and overlaid on a video recording of the stimuli used in the test or on a static image or used to calculate eye tracking metrics read the Tobii whitepaper entitled Tobii Eye Tracking An introduction to eye tracking and Tobii Eye Trackers to learn more about eye movements and fixations This process is conducted by applying an eye movement classification or a fixation filter to the data Fixation filters are responsible for how fixation data such as fixation count duration and location is calculated This data in turn affects how gaze plots heat maps clusters and eye tracking metrics are inferred Fixation identification is mostly a mathematical and statistical process that attempts to describe how the eye moves Despite the accuracy and flexibility of some of the algo rithms the limiting factor is that there is no precise definition for the start and end of a fixation and thus the identification process still remains partly subjective Therefore the best identification validation process is still to
317. ze and CPU load dur ing recording For most purposes the Microsoft Video 1 codec is recommended 4 Click the Settings button to set the Temporal Quality Ratio of the video compression The higher the quality ratio the better the video quality will be but the more CPU resources will be consumed 5 Click Edit to enable codecs Select the codec from the disabled list and click the left direction arrow to add the codec to the Video Codec drop down list Do the opposite to remove a codec 6 Click the Preview box to preview the video streamed from the device To set device specific settings 1 If your external device is a video camera click Camera Settings to change the video image settings such as brightness and contrast 2 Click Video Settings to change other device specific hardware settings such as video size and frame rate To display the video input live on the screen of the computer running Tobii Studio and connected to the eye tracker during the recording 1 Select the Use video as stimulus check box In most cases when capturing video the video signal needs to first be converted from analog to digital It then needs to be captured and compressed into a movie Because of this process delays may occur affecting the precision of the video synchronization At high CPU load some video capture devices occasionally drop video frames This means that although gaze data and trigger data are timed with the same precision as

User Manual — Tobii Studio

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

User Manual &mdash; Tobii Studio

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

User Manual — Tobii Studio